Home

Nissan 2010 Xterra Automobile User Manual

1. 24 2322 0 6 Illustrated table of contents Vents P 4 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 26 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 36 P 4 38 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 44 P 2 30 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 12 Cruise control main set switches P 5 18 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 24 P 2 25 Storage P 2 35 Audio system controls P 4 17 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 44 Upper and lower glove box P 2 36 Passenger air bag status light P 1 53 Auxiliary audio input jack if so equipped P 4 34 Power outlet P 2 33 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 32 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 31 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 30 Shift selector P 5 12 4WD shift switch if so equipped P 5 22 Climate controls P 4 2 P 4 10 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 29 Ignition switch P 5 9 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 12 Off road lamps switch if so equipped P 2 29 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped P 2 33 Power outside mirror controls if so equipped P 3
2. 2 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 Luggage storage see vehicle loading information 2 Maintenance General maintenance Inside the vehicle Maintenance precautions Outside the vehicle aoaaa aaa aaa Seat belt maintenance 1 Under the hood and vehicle Malfunction indicator light aaa aaa 2 Manual front seat adjustment a naa aa Map NOMS s e emcee akae aa Ee 2 Map pocket aaa a 2 Meters and gauges aaau aaae Instrument brightness control aaa 2 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 PSAE MINOR a Sse ace e aaea ee a 3 Outside mirrors 1 2 eee 3 Vanity WTOP sd a ea ee eo oe a oe we eS 3 Multi remote control system See remote keyless entry system 10 4 N NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SVSIEM 2 06 o 0 8 8 oo 6 om ee 4 2 23 3 2 5 11 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 Odometer aaao e 2 4 Off road lamps switch 2 29 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 6 a6 26 60 6a eee oa 9 2 Changing engine oil a aoaaa aaa aaa 8 9 Changing engine oil filter aa 8 10 Checking engine oillevel 8 8 pgine Qil oa oe ok Oh ee 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity 21 4 ve ew a0 a oe ws 9 5 Outside mirrors 2 ee 3 14 Overdrive switch 000 00s 5 15 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10
3. If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call A Phone Number Speak the digits Dial 1 Press the fed wheel A tone will sound button on the steering 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Special Dialing to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 43 four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Dialing See How to say num bers in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking
4. Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone Delete Phone Turn Bluetooth OFF 4 48 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure in this section for more information Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that phonebook for that phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Turn Bluetooth O
5. Tire S afety Info rmation US or D combined weight of occupants a ae fie ia oT i yy and cargo should never exceed XX kg or S i Ti Ig Safety Information Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit Canada in the Wa rranty Infor jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ibs mation Booklet y Tire and loading information label 4 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 1 Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 2 Vehicle load limit See loading infor km at moderate speeds The recom mation in the Technical and con mended cold tire inflation is set by the sumer information section manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section 3 Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hiss
6. 4 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retrac tor base 2 Pull out the connector tongue from the molded retractor base 3 Pull the seat belt and secure the receiver buckle until it clicks The center seat belt connector tongue and re ceiver buckle are indicated by the gt and lt mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt con nector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belts earlier in this section AWARNING Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2nd row center seat belt comfort guide When using the 2nd row center seat belt it may be necessary to use the comfort guide to adjust the shoulder belt height for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit 1 Raise the head restraint on the 2nd row driver s side seating position Remove the comfort guide from the stowed position by pulling the cord from the
7. Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep downhill grades Always drive carefully when using the hill descent control system and decel erate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if necessary Be espe cially careful when driving on frozen muddy or extremely steep downhill roads Failure to control vehicle speed may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehicle speed Failure to do so may re sult in a collision or serious personal injury A CAUTION When the hill descent control system op erates continuously for a long time the temperature of the brake pads may in crease and the hill descent control system may be temporarily disabled the indicator light will blink If the indicator light does not come on continuously after blinking stop using the system The hill descent control system is designed to reduce driver workload when going down steep hills The hill descent control system helps to control vehicle speed so the driver can concen trate on steering the vehicle To activate the hill descent control system the 4WD switch must be in the 4L position and the vehicle speed must be under 15 mph 25 km h or the 4WD switch must be in the
8. Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it Is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing 5 Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor earlier in this section 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important
9. Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en AWARNING 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift se gine of the vehicle being jump started lector to N Neutral manual transmission Always follow the instructions below or to P Park automatic transmission A CAUTION Failure to do so could result in damage to Switch off all unnecessary electrical sys the charging system and cause personal tems lights heater air conditioner etc Do not keep the starter motor engaged for injury i more than 10 seconds If the engine does 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so not start right away turn the key off and equipped Cover the battery with an old wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again cloth to reduce explosion hazard 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other 7 After starting
10. A Genuine NISSAN jumper harness is available that is specifically designed to be used when installing an aftermarket brake controller Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake con troller according to the manufacturer s instruc tions Technical and consumer information 9 25 Pre towing tips 9 26 Technical and consumer information Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding o
11. A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing ona base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio ante
12. Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Bit rate may be too low If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the Songs do not play back in When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3
13. Genuine NISSAN differential oil synthetic 75W 90 or API GL 5 synthetic gear oil Viscosity SAE 75W 90 10 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may also be used Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Matic J ATF will cause deterio ration in driveability and A transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 4 DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used 5 Available in mainland USA firough your NISSAN dealer 6 For further details see Air cond tioner specification label 7 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF may cause deterioration in driveability and transfer durability and may damage the transfer which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 8 For further details see PANEN oil 9 For hot climates viscosity SA is Suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 C 32 F 10 See your NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the w
14. If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict Insurance companies from authoriz ing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help pro tect you so you can take action to protect your self It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U
15. Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 2 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result i
16. Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 LRS0589 LATCH lower anchor point locations LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors LRS0661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint Top tether anchor AWARNING Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision A child could be seriously inj
17. The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL Use the following step to mount the front license plate The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed to Loading Information label The label is located as the underside of the hood as shown shown Attach the license plate bracket on the plas tic finisher at the location mark small dimple using the two 6 mm screws pro vided Technical and consumer information 9 11 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING it is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important
18. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the
19. LICO575 MAP POCKETS SEAT POCKETS if so equipped A pocket is located on the back of the driver s seat Instruments and controls 2 37 WIC0827 Front CUP HOLDERS The front cup holders have adapters that can be removed to accommodate larger cups A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident 2 38 Instruments and controls WICO771 2nd row rear of front console To open the 2nd row cup holders rear of the front console lower the lid To close raise the lid If stepped on the cup holder is designed to snap loose from the console To re install close the cup holder assembly and push it back into the console opening To fold the 2nd row bench seat back first close the cup holder LICO864 Bottle holder A CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers LU CARGO AREA STORAGE To access the floor storage area push down 4 to raise the handle then pull up on the handle to lift the luggage board AWARNING Do not drive with the luggage board teth ered to a ceiling hook In a sudden stop or collision the l
20. LRSO671 Forward facing step 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments WRS0697 Forward facing step 5 5 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 6 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 5 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used
21. button The indicator light When the air flow control dial is in the GY P or position the air conditioner automati cally turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C If one of these positions is selected for more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan con trol dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than these positions This dehu midifies the air which helps defog the windshield The SS mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger com partment to further improve the defogging perfor mance 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows closed while the air con ditioner is in operation 4 6 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly Th
22. 2 24 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedu
23. Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires Is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the ve
24. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer COMPASS DISPLAY if so equipped This unit measures terrestrial magnetism and in dicates heading direction of vehicle With the ignition switch in the ON position press the button as described in the fallowing chart to activate various features of the automatic anti glare rearview mirror Push and hold the i Feature Push button again for about 1 sec d to ch tti button for about 10 202N9e se tings Compass display toggles on off Automatic anti glare indicator light 8 seconds toggles on off Compass zone can be changed to correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode For more information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rear view mirror in the Pre driving checks and ad justments section 11 seconds t WIC0904 COMPASS DISPLAY Push the button for about 1 second when the ignition key is in the ON position to toggle the outside temperature and compass direction dis play on or off The display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North E East S South W West If the CAL or C icon is illuminated in the compass display calibrate the compass by driv ing the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrate
25. Pull the lock lever forward and hold it to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired posi tion A To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel in place To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments VANITY MIRRORS if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open MIRRORS t LPD0446 REARVIEW MIRROR AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE The night position reduces glare from the REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped headlights of vehicles behind you at night The inside mirror is designed so that it automati Use the day position when driving in daylight cally dims according to the intensity of the head hours lights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is activated when the ignition A WARNING switch is in the ON position Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors 1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti
26. Replacing spark PIUGS usceecsec tev enereenues 8 16 PAC GiGGNGls seaceenaseeampetuceneaeceaetareecees 8 17 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 8 17 Windshield wiper blades 0 0 005 8 19 CICAWIAG oi lt ayaanenesy EER EEPE EREET 8 19 Replacing 24 icaccaceenae ce daadaa eee eens 8 19 LAE e E E A se sanes 8 22 PUG CS E E oe eee E E ee 8 22 Engine compartment tic creetteataseeecusence 8 23 Passenger compartment 0 cece eee 8 24 Battery replacement 00 ee eee eee 8 25 Keyfob if so equipped 00 c cece eee es 8 26 LORIS eet ee ccctecckseaceansedeee eeceecee tee hened 8 27 FAcCdCIQUiN Ss a i te eek doeere nintuen ERAN sane 8 27 Exterior and interior lights 8 29 Wheels and tires coe snd dee onntseaeneeneeeteee end 8 32 Wikesplessitess cece sewers spri siune er meee oor 8 32 Tire aDCING c2gcucseseks caneestedeesbeor seta 8 35 Ipes O11 NS soe recone ener pee ENEE tees 8 38 THOS CHAINS cx neve ce aces eniccccereertersessees 8 39 Changing wheels and tires cee eens 8 39 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibil
27. They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Hill descent control system on indicator light if so equipped gt ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS ow Low windshield washer fluid warning light warning light if so equipped AT Automatic transmission oil temperature warning hi Seat belt warning light and chime SERVICE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL SIENE light if so equipped we SOON Supplemental air bag warning light Overdrive off indicator light A T models only ATP Automatic transmission park warning light ETJ model BRAKE or O Brake waring light Charge warning light CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light SLIP gt Automatic transmission position indicator light Security indicator light A T models only ezo Slip indicator light i Transfer 4LO position indicator light CZJ model Cruise set switch indicator light Door open warning light SET W Engine oil pressure warning light Electronic locking rear differential E Lock Turn signal hazard indicator lights system on indicator light if so equipped E AWD shift indicator light J model Vehicle Dynamic
28. When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the SLIP indicator may flash or both the SLIP and rm indica tor lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system my not operate properly and both the SLIP and the indicator lights may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the SLIP and ass indicator lights may illuminate Starting and driving 5 33 When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the SLIP indicator
29. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the opera tion of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury 7 4 Appearance and care A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s n
30. another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON 8 position See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmissi
31. if so equipped This light comes on when the automatic transmis sion oil temperature is too high If the light comes on while driving reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safely possible until the light turns off A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation when the A T oil temperature warning light is on may damage the automatic transmission ATP Automatic transmission park warning light 3z3 model AWARNING If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P Park po sition will not function and the transfer case is in neutral When parking always make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light illuminates and the parking brake is set Failure to engage the transfer position in 2WD 4H or 4LO could result in the vehicle mov ing unexpectedly resulting in serious personal injury or property damage Shift the 4WD switch into the 2WD 4H or 4LO position again to turn off the ATP warning light when the shift selector is in the P position and the ATP warning light is ON Before shifting the 4WD switch into the 4LO position move the shift selector into the N position once shift the shift selector into P again and make sure the ATP warning light is OFF Instruments and controls 2 13 This light indicates that the automatic transmis sion parking function is not engaged If the trans fer control is not secured in any drive position while the shift selector is in the P Park position t
32. mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes play ing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the PWR button again turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 25 MENU button BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE and CLOCK Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows BAS TRE FAD BAL CLOCK Audio BAS To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the SEEK button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the SEEK button to adjust Fade and Balance modes Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds NOTE If the clock is enabled pressing the MENU button will change the mode as follows BAS TRE FAD BAL CLOCK Hour adjustment Minute adjustment Audio BAS For more information on setting the clock see Clock set later in this section Clock operation Press the MENU button until CLOCK is d
33. or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the ALR mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child re straints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat
34. sult in a collision or serious personal injury The hill descent control system helps maintain vehicle speed when driving under 15 21 mph 25 35 km h on steeper downhill grades Hill descent control is useful when engine braking alone in 4H or 4L cannot control vehicle speed Hill descent control applies the vehicle brakes to control vehicle speed allowing the driver to con centrate on steering while reducing the burden of brake and accelerator operation When additional braking is required on steep downhill roads activate the hill de scent control system by pushing the switch ON see Hill descent control switch in the Instruments and controls section Once the system is activated the indicator light will remain on in the instrument panel see Hill descent control system on indicator light in the Instruments and controls sec tion If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the hill descent control system begins to function again if the hill descent control operating condi tions are fulfilled For the best results when descending steep downhill grades the hill descent control switch should be ON and the shift selector in 2 Second gear or 1 Low gear for engine braking HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Never rely solely o
35. switch 2 6 a eae cs oe Ga me wh ee 2 25 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 25 Recorders Eventdata 2004 9 31 Refrigerant recommendation 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote keyless entry system 3 5 Reporting safety defects US only 9 30 ROO HACK ns 4 0 6 Bok ee a ee ae we RS 2 42 S Safety Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Child seat belts 1 27 1 33 1 38 1 41 Reporting safety defects US only 9 30 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Seat belt Child safety ooa a 1 25 Infants and small children 1 26 Injured Person 2205 1 17 Larger children aa aaa aaa 1 26 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 14 Pregnantwomen 1 17 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 57 Rear center seat belt 1 20 Seat belt extenders 1 24 Seat belt maintenance 1 24 Seatbelts a oa aaa a 1 14 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 23 Three point type with retractor 1 17 Seat belt warning light 2 17 Seatback pockets oaoa a 2 37 Seats Adjustment a aao a e 1 2 Froni Seales aea e aa a e a es a 1 2 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Security indicator light 2 19 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 9 93 3 2 5 11 Self adjusting brakes 0 4
36. the LOCK position To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the shift selector to the P Park posi tion with the ignition switch in the ON posi tion 2 Place the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 3 Remove the key from the ignition If the shift selector is shifted to the P Park position after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or when the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift selector into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key The shift selector is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFF position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift selector can be moved if the igni tion switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed Starting and driving 5 9 There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the ignition switch When the ignition is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked for mod els with a steering lock mechanism In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the ke
37. the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press Pl several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances 1 additional track The track number ap pears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When M is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press M several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 27 SEEK Scan CDs button Press and hold the SEEK gt I button for more than 1 5 seconds to scan through the first 10 seconds of a track on the compact disc The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all the tracks on the disc or if the SEEK or Pl button is pressed during the scan mode RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while the com pact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Normal 1 The track that is currently playing will be re peated RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while the com pact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows RDM Normal RDM Tracks from the disc that is currently play ing will be played randomly 4 CD EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be
38. then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 60 MPH 86 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the shift selector in the P Park or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 8 at least one more time If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode Is accept able between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety bel
39. tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the ve hicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles i
40. use one of the following three methods Pushthe CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or COAST SET switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift selector to N Neutral automatic transmission Starting and driving 5 19 To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the
41. 1 6 will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with the com pact disc loaded with the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play id Gi SEEK TRACK button When the M button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Press several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pressed When the gt I button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Press several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pressed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played Pp gt gt CAT FOLDER button While playing a CD press and hold the CAT FOLDER button 44 or P gt or rewind a track on a CD P gt gt MP3 CAT FOLDER button While playing an MP3 CD press the CAT FOLDER button 44 or PP to scan back ward or forward through available folders to fast forward Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 33 Press and hold the CAT FOLD
42. 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not
43. 14 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS Sey WOE ile 0 8 Illustrated table of contents VQ40DE engine Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 13 Fuse fusible link box P 8 22 Fuse and relay box P 8 22 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir MT model P 8 12 Air cleaner P 8 17 Drive belt location P 8 16 Radiator cap P 8 7 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 11 Battery P 8 13 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Anti lock Braking Door open warning Automatic transmis System ABS warn light sion position indica ing light tor light A T models only Cruise main switch Automatic transmis 4WD warning light indicator light sion oil temperature 3x53 model warning light if so equipped indicator light Automatic transmis Electronic locking sion park warning Low tire pressure rear differential E light ESZA warning light Lock system on model indicator light if so Low windshield equipped oe fluid ees AWD shift indicator light if so equipped light EXA pi Seat belt warning 2 17 model Tr light and chime ront passenger air EH Charge warning 2 14 Supplemental ai
44. 4H position and the vehicle speed must be under 21 mph 35 km h and the hill descent control system switch must be ON The hill descent control system on indicator light will come on when the system is activated Also the stop tail lights illuminate while the hill descent control system applies the brakes to control ve hicle speed If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the hill descent control system begins to function again if the hill descent control operating condi tions are fulfilled The hill descent control system on indicator light blinks if the switch is on and all conditions for system activation are not met or if the system becomes disengaged for any reason To turn off the hill descent control system push the switch to the OFF position For additional information see Hill descent con trol system on indicator light earlier in this sec tion and Hill descent control system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 31 ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM SWITCH if so equipped The Electronic Locking Rear Differential E Lock system can help provide added traction if the vehicle is stuck or becoming stuck To activate the E Lock system the 4WD switch must be in the 4LO posit
45. 8 22 Service manual order form 9 32 Servicing air conditioner ooa a 4 17 Shift lock release nonoa 5 14 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 13 Manual transmission 5 16 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 23 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems 1 56 Spark plug replacement 8 16 Speedometer 000 eee eae 2 4 SRS warning label 1 58 Starting Before starting the engine 5 11 JUMP Starling 6 4 4 6 640 80 e 8 e wb a 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push Stanie s 4 0 oe oa ee eS 6 10 Starting the engine 5 11 Steering Power steering fluid 8 11 Power steering system 05 5 30 Tilting steering wheel 3 12 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 36 Stop NOME s soie e a ee wie ok Ss ED eo 8 29 DIGG a s a ea d ae a aa e a es 2 35 Storage DiN ss rs sarie ee Sas me Se a 2 39 Storage tray 4 sa assan csan w eam oo 2 95 SUN VISOS saoe roaa k ee Eaa wo a 3 12 Sunglasses case ooo ee eee 2 36 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 58 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 59 2 17 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 52 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 58 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSE 2 oa aa we ee eS ee Oe fe 1 44 Supplemental restraint system Supplem
46. AT ee 4 Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle 5 Seat the T shaped end of the jack rod into the T shaped opening of the tire winch Ap ply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare tire winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare tire 6 Once the spare tire is completely lowered reach under the vehicle remove the retainer chain and carefully slide the tire from under the rear of the vehicle A CAUTION Be sure to center the spare tire suspend ing plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tire Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it
47. CAN o J w 4WD Maximum Tow ing Capacity 1 2 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg Maximum 500 Ib 500 Ib Tongue Load 227 kg 227 kg Maximum Gross Com bined Weight Rating Maximum trailer 1 The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing Capacity 9 656 Ib 4 379 kg 9 656 Ib 4 379 kg 2 Use of a weight distributing hitch system is recommended when towing over 5 000 Ibs TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine NISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls are available from your NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or propert
48. Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following message
49. Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint LRS0888 Components Adjustment To raise the head restraint pull it up 1 Head restraint Adjust the head restraint so the center is level 2 Adustmentnotches with the center of the seat occupants ears 3 Lock knob 4 Stalks Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 4 LRS0889 To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Cd LRS0890 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the ad justable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint from the seat 4 Store the head restraint properly so it is not loose in the vehicle Reinstall and properly adjust the head re straint before an occupant uses the seating position 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches 4 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Front seat Active Head Restraints The Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz ing the force that the seatback r
50. NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag Is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors occupant clas sification sensor pressure sensor and passen ger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors on
51. NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 2 23 3 2 5 11 Ventilators a oaa a ee 4 2 o e 2 ch eae Skee oe ae Ree a os 3 12 MOMMICIONS a tace m8 So amp He Ee Eo ee ae 2 8 WwW Warning AWD warning light 2 15 Air bag warning light aaa 1 59 2 17 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Battery charge warning light Brake warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Hazard warning flasher switch Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning NOW ee Bo EEE EEEE eee E Passenger air bag and status light Seat belt warning light Vehicle security system Warning labels for SRS Warning indicator lights and audible FEMIRGGISs s a cee wd ome Bam Ok es Wearing IgDIS s ai dot acm we ot ew Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switches Windshield wiper and washer switch Weights See dimensions and weights Wheels andtires 24 Wheel tire size 2 2 2 22 eee When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 24 4 o haw ee a Window washer fluid Windows Locking passengers windows Power rear windows Power windows Rear power windows Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switches Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper blades
52. S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 33 MEMO 9 34 Technical and consumer information 10 Index AWD warning light 2 15 Active brake limited slip ABLS system Air bag See supplemental restraint SVSIOM e uname ce Pew dee ae ew ee 1 44 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact airbagsystem 004 1 52 Air bag warning labels 1 58 Air bag warning light 1 59 2 17 Air cleaner housing filter 8 17 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 5 4 13 Air conditioner service 4 17 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations 9 6 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 2 4 10 Servicing air conditioner 4 17 Air flow charts 004 4 6 4 14 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 21 Anchor point locations 4 4 4 1 31 Antenna oaaae ee 4 37 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 31 Audible reminders n a aaau 2 21 Audio system aoaaa 4 17 Compact Disc CD changer Compact disc CD player 4 27 FM AM radio with compact disc CD changer o oaoa hee 4 30 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player sei wa casata oH 4 25 Radi fee hd om gor ee araara 4 17 Steering wheel audio co
53. and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section 2 16 Instruments and controls AWARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could re sult in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving a
54. before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child
55. brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine Is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION e Do not ground electrical accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Variable voltage control system in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section later in this manual Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position TE Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cau
56. centre nissancanada com We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Instrument Pallels cwenchtedee stands edated auc de cee sss 0 6 21 9 ae 06 8 eae ene eee ee 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 5 0 8 EXIGHOr EE E E coeneyeds 0 4 Warning indicator lights n snau n naana aurrenean 0 9 Passenger compartment 0c cece e eee ees 0 5 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 2nd row seat belts P 1 14 2 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag P 1 44 3 Front seat belts P 1 14 4 Head restraints P 1 4 5 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 44 6 Seats P 1 2 7 Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor P 1 52 8 Seat belts with pretensioners P 1 57 9 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 56 10 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 29 See the page number indicated in paren th
57. control when driving under the following conditions e When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed
58. drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on Instruments and controls 2 29 The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving 2 30 Instruments and controls HORN To sound the horn push the area between the horn icons on the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The Be indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH if so equipped a as LICO743 AWARNING
59. ejected When the amp button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on 4 28 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems oo NS M TRACK 88 RADIO 88 AUX 38 SCAN LOAD a s afe ws O00 PUSH OEE PWR Er A 6CD CHANGER J CAT ai FOLDER gt gt PRESET A B C button 7 AUX button Display screen 8 SCAN RPT button DISP CLOCK button 9 CAT FOLDER button SEEK TRACK button 10 LOAD button CD button 11 CD insert slot RADIO button 12 13 14 15 amp CD eject button VOL control knob and PWR button Station and CD select 1 6 buttons TUNE TRACK knob and AUDIO button No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 29 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section No satellite radio reception is available when the RAD
60. glare feature is operating With the ignition switch in the ON position press the button as described To turn off the anti glare feature press the button The indicator light will turn off e To turn on the anti glare feature press the button again The indicator light will turn on For more information about the 2 compass and compass features if so equipped refer to Compass display in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Manual control type if so equipped The outside mirror can be moved in any direction for a better rear view Heated mirrors Canada only if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Electric control type if so equipped Foldable outside mirrors The outside mirror remote control will operate Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it only when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC
61. hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps See Channel tie down hooks in this section Do not apply a total load of more than 110 Ibs 490 N to a single metal ceiling tie down hook when securing cargo Do not apply a total load of more than 110 Ibs 490 N to a single plastic floor tie down hook when securing cargo Wi S wA LT10141 Adjustable cargo area floor tie down hooks A WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Technical and consumer information 9 15 The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury CHANNEL TIE DOWN HOOKS if so equipped AWARNING Properly install and tighten the tie down hooks into the channel system Also do not install any rope or straps directly to the channel Failure to prop erly install the tie down hooks or
62. improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt Starting and driving 5 5 OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by follow ing the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con ditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane 5 6 Starting and driving f you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a
63. in stalling ropes or straps directly to the channel can cause the cargo to become unsecured In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury 9 16 Technical and consumer information Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The adjustable channel tie down hook system allows you to move tie down hooks in the cargo area to the best location to secure a load The tie down hooks must be installed so the hook is properly fixed to the channel If the tie down hook is not fixed to the channel it cannot be properly tightened Check the tightness of the tie down hooks peri odically during a trip to make sure they have not become loose Install the tie down hooks as follows 1 Assemble 4 hook loops to 4 hook plates by screwing the hook plate onto the hook 5 revolutions LT10145 A Correct Incorrect 2 Insert at any position 2 channel tie down 3 Hand tighten each hook until it is securely hooks into the channel opening of fixed to the channel each channel and slide to the desired posi 4 To reposition the channel tie down hook un screw the hook loop from the hook plate 2 revolutions move to a new location and retighten tion Technical and consumer information 9 17 A Correct Incorrect LT10148 9 18 Technical and consum
64. influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information For descriptions specified for four wheel drive models a J mark is placed at the begin ning of the applicable sections items As with other vehicles with features for off road use failure to operate four wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read Driving safety precautions in the Start ing and driving section of this manual ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions and Avoid ing collision and rollover and Driving safety precautions in the Starting and driving sect
65. injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage e Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the lift gate and rear windows closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with the lift gate or rear windows open fol low these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the lift gate or the body follow
66. is cycled from OFF to ON Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 LPD0211 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 11 button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when it has run for 25 seconds or any button is pressed on the keyfob 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments Silencing the horn beep feature LPD0262 If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob To deactivate Press and hold the and if buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and A buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered Using the interior lights Press the button on the keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior lights in the Instruments and controls section in this manual HOOD CQ Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver s side instrument panel The hood will
67. is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep wa ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road ve hicle Remember that two wheel drive models are less capable than four wheel drive models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud or the like Please observe the following precautions AWARNING Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain e Do not drive across steep slopes In stead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never at tempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Rever
68. isre a EEE E 2 35 Console BOX i cires sie tecie tusteser oteutacoss 2 36 GIOVE DO P E A T 2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL 24 2322 2 2 Instruments and controls Vents P 4 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 26 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 36 P 4 38 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 44 P 2 30 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 12 Cruise control main set switches P 5 18 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 24 P 2 25 Storage P 2 35 Audio system controls P 4 17 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 44 Upper and lower glove box P 2 36 Passenger air bag status light P 1 53 Auxiliary audio input jack if so equipped P 4 34 Power outlet P 2 33 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 32 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 31 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 30 Shift selector P 5 12 4WD shift switch if so equipped P 5 22 Climate controls P 4 2 P 4 10 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 29 Ignition switch P 5 9 Tilt ste
69. its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List names A Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record Name command in this section for in formation about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pro nouncing Transfer entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say T
70. knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door or the liftgate with the key or by pressing the button on the keyfob The alarm does not stop if the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may no
71. may flash or both the SLIP and cael indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the SLIP indicator may flash or both the SLIP and coal indicator lights may illuminate This is not a malfunc tion Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the SLIP indicator may flash or both the SLIP and aos indicator lights may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road 5 34 Starting and driving HILL DESCENT CONTROL SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep down hill grades Always drive carefully and attentively when using the hill descent control sys tem and decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if neces sary Be especially careful when driving on frozen muddy or an extremely steep downhill roads Failure to control ve hicle speed may result in a loss of con trol of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehicle speed Failure to do so may re
72. more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification chart The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Technical and consumer information 9 19 Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot m
73. of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Opening windows if so equipped The driver s door key operation allows you to open windows equipped with automatic opera tion at the same time To open the windows turn the door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked Windows stop when the key cylinder is released The door windows cannot be closed by the driver s door key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 LPD0320 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments WPD0381 Driver s side LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver or front passenger side to the lock position then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver or front passenger side to the unlock position 2 When the power door lock switch driver or pas senger side is moved to the lock position w
74. on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry ne Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep battery out of the reach of WDI0224 children l 1 Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as e Do not tip the battery Keep the vent shown Use a cloth to protect the battery caps tight and the battery level case 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM A CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measur
75. on position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 3 OFF position Indicator light off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired 1 to 4 position and push the A C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light on the A C button will come on Push the A C button again to turn off the air condi tioner The indicator light onthe A C button will go off The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window defroster switch For more information about the rear window de froster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Push the SS button to the OFF position for normal heating The indicator light on the SS button will go off 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature con
76. or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide To remove the air cleaner filter QA Unlatch the clips and move the air cleaner cover upward 2 Remove the air cleaner filter 3 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous ing and the cover with a damp cloth NOTE After installing a new air cleaner make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in the housing and latch the clips AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry
77. or place the ve hicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated A WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle A CAUTION S e Do not spin your tires at high speed Never tow 4WD models with any of the This could cause them to explode and wheels on the ground as this may cause result in serious injury Parts of your serious and expensive damage to the vehicle could also overheat and be transfer case and transmission damaged In case of emergency 6 13 A CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the towing hooks if so equipped Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Use the towing hook if so equipped only to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle for a long distance using only the tow ing hook The towing hook is under tremendous force when used to free a stuck vehicle Never pull the hook at an angle Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the sus pension steering brake or cooling systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery 6 14 Incase of emergency Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the re covery device manufactu
78. parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see If you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the key power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed or with the keyfob 2 22 Instruments and controls Keyfob operation Push the button on the keyfob All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion later in this manual Confirm that the gt indicator light comes on The light stays on fo
79. properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide FUSES Two types of fuses are used Type is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box
80. remains on If the switch is on and the indicator light continues to flash the system is not engaged For additional information see Electronic lock ing rear differential E Lock system switch later in this section and Electronic locking rear differ ential E Lock system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual 2 18 Instruments and controls a AWD shift indicator light ez model The light should turn off within 1 second after placing the ignition switch in the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other OFF gg Front passenger air bag status 2 light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual HO High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Hill descent control system on indicator light if so equip
81. repeat steps 3 through 7 WRS0475 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled D TIS die INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 Position the top tether strap over the top of the head restraint with the head restraint in the full down position 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the seat directly behind the child restraint 3 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly i
82. restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 1 40 WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt WRS0698 Forward facing step 7 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked
83. restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 86 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdo men The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of t
84. seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioners need servicing and your ve hicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint systems air bag system and or the pretensioners may not function properly For ad ditional details see Supplemental restraint sys tem in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag war
85. shown in the illustrations AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain and rollover air bags inflate if they are not properly re strained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child See Child re straints earlier in this section for details WRS0431 WRS0365 SS0162 Do not lean against the door AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain and roll over air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear im pact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Do not lean against doors or windows Do not lean against doors or windows Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 AWARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back an
86. software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 21 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Version MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported Bit rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA Version WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Bit rate 48 kbps 192 kbps VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters EA 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 a REEE EE UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 22 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Cannot play Poor sound quality It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips Check if the disc was inserted correctly
87. tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty OJ Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the instruments and controls 2 15 Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting
88. that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0174 Manual seat shown Fastening the seat belts Q Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 1 17 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug
89. the engine carefully discon 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il nect the negative cable and then the positive Do not allow the two vehicles to touch lustrated cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid In case of emergency 6 9 PUSH STARTING A CAUTION Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started At tempting to do so may cause transmis sion damage For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle 6 10 Incase of emergency IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road ap
90. the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the MODE button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook List Names Transfer Entry Delete Entry Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage en tries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For more information see Record Name in this section NOTE Each phone has
91. the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unautho rized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 55 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain and roll over air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity
92. the windshield The lt amp gt mode automatically turns off allowing out side air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defog ging performance Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Push the C button to the OFF position The indicator light on the V amp button will go off 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the ad position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield i F Hy 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Pe ue Whenthe position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light on the C button will not come on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C If the air flow control dial is in the position for more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the 7 position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshie
93. tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light
94. to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo 9 12 Technical and consumer information GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Cargo cap
95. to redial and ends the VR session Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the fu button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer
96. to the emission con trol system OD Overdrive off indicator light OFF A T models only This light comes on when the overdrive function is OFF The automatic transmission overdrive function is controlled by the overdrive switch See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational Instruments and controls 2 19 For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section SLIP Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Transfer 4LO position indicator light gs73 model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position with the ignition switch in the ON position The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the switch while driving Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other The 4LO indicator light must stop blinking and remain illuminated or turn off be
97. use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the ENGINE light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 STEERING WHEEL SUN VISORS 3 Slide the extension sun visor if so equipped in or out as needed A CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forc edly downward TILT OPERATION A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident
98. voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the a button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command 4 40 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted lf you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command ina clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The sys
99. while filling the windshield washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer reservoir tank Do not use the windshield washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge AWARNING Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydro gen gas generated by the battery is ex plosive Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 e Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working
100. 1 27 Precautions on child restraints 55 1 27 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 000 cece cece eee ees 1 29 Rear facing child restraint installation using LP Cree eneeseetaade peeGheeeGroeermeneecae a 1 31 Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat belis 2c niaueas au secaseecebeeecwuscws 1 33 Forward facing child restraint installation USING LAI CH sieges urisi pe EAE i E E e 1 36 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat beltS 0 cece eee eee 1 38 Installing top tether strap 00 e eee 1 41 BOOSIE Seale 44 cnc hives duets aeed ens 1 41 Supplemental restraint system 0 cee eee 1 44 Precautions on supplemental restraint SVSICM ae eee nace te hows ene a ete reer oe wee 1 44 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 58 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 59 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust t
101. 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 2 DOCS EE E EE E EEL EE ones 3 3 Locking with key oc lt 0 a0 ccendedderaeeces enense ues 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob 005 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch 3 4 Automatic door IOCKS lt c csccesusea csdovadcewesees 3 4 Child safety rear door lock 00 cece eens 3 5 Remote keyless entry system 0220055 3 5 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 6 PICO siuu couse vedaduaeqessanchssuseaeecnnerseen es 3 9 PROG cone papeecege Rese catesy sabe uae reese eeeees 3 9 Fueltiller door stevie cteah ecnea weeded saaee aes we 3 10 Opening the fuel filler lid 0 cece eee eee 3 10 Fuelhiller cap eurawede pba doeneseeeeedoeeeeaens 2 3 10 Steering WHE candiania ponents eee Cees wena eas 3 12 TUPOPeratiOn sospes nagencmnctesis ceeee eu ters eae 3 12 DUN ViSGlseeseeececceedue seeueceeeheee euina nani 3 12 Vanity mirrors if so equipped 000e 3 13 MIMOlS wratcust E E A T A TET E TEET 3 13 Rearview MNO sicccceetseseinacetantaseasn das 3 13 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped s 0karsavveeeacesaesceycesde us 3 13 Outside MIMOrS 45 hace eeecdecadaquecntewecneed 3 14 KEYS 3 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Valet key black with transponder chip 3 Key number plate 4 Transponder chip A key number plate is su
102. 21 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the LOCK position the door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM AWARNING The remote keyless entry keyfob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communica tion systems Do not operate the remote keyless entry keyfob while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior light on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is i
103. 4 35 Steering wheel switch for audio control SO COUIDDEU lt ccceccen hornet acacsenpaeresene 4 36 PURO oc ot coer de pacecoseen deh tena E ss 4 37 Car phone or CB Tadl0 ins ouaetadee de sevnscitees 4 37 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped oc ceunciv cece scomnsnte eee dee cawun 4 38 Regulatory Information 0 00 cece eee 4 39 Using the SYSICIN ons wndncenseecex tenes uxeaess 4 40 Control buttons etix kena saaan sone es were hes 4 42 Getting started csacescandsdersiadeaxiceactaes 4 42 List of VOICE commandS ais bcs cde ewedwcasndee ade 4 44 Speaker adaptation SA mode 0005 4 49 Manual COnMWOlinsceseauoemeeaaeeavesceoweeeies 4 50 Troubleshooting guide 22 0e 0ee 4 51 VENTS Adjust air flow direction for the driver s side vents 4 center vents 2 and passenger s side vents by moving the vent slide and or vent assem blies 4 2 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual Type A AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to caus
104. 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Use the Electronic Locking Rear Differential E Lock system if so equipped Turn the switch ON while the vehicle is stationary and apply the throttle to try to free the vehicle If it is difficult to free the vehicle rock the vehicle back and forth between reverse and drive gears If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud place stones or wooden blocks under the tires Then try the recovery procedures above Tire chains may be effective A CAUTION Do not spin the tires excessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to free the vehicle Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction 4WD shift switch operations Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the 2WD 4H or 4LO position depending on driving conditions If the 4WD shift switch is operated while making a turn accelerating or decelerating or if the key switch is turned off while in the 4H or 4LO posi tion you may feel a jolt This is not abnormal When the vehicle is stopped after mak ing a turn you may feel a slight jolt after the shift selector is shifted to N or P This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a malfunction A CAUTION When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driving o
105. CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting For additional information on heating and cooling see Heater and air con ditioner in this section The air recirculation X button should always be in the OFF position for heating and defrosting DEFROSTING Air passed through DEFOGGING heater core Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow controls Air A C Air flow Temp Fan sin HOT HI RIGHT RIGHT 4 14 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems BI LEVEL Air passed through HEATING heater core O e Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow controls Air A C Airflow Temp Fan i i a 2 HOT HI RIGHT RIGHT Air passed through HEATING heater core Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow controls Air A C Airflow Temp Fan itn HOT HI et RIGHT RIGHT Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 15 HEATING amp q Air passed through COOLING heater core DEFROSTING lt Air not passed through DEFOGGING heater core Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature Air recirculation Temperature button control dial button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow Air cond
106. Control OFF indicator light AWD warning light model KJ Low fuel warning light l Low tire pressure warning light s Zaf 3 rad a mm Front passenger air bag status light xy High beam indicator light Blue O 2 12 instruments and controls CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on E BRAKE or I BS A 4WD The following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS or X as O D ay OFF SLIP 1 WBE ato 1 If any light fails to come on it may indicate an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion AT Automatic transmission oil OIL TEMP l temperature warning light
107. E Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 622 95 5 x 92 Displacement cu in cm 241 30 3 954 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed A T in N position See the Emission Control Information label on the under Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed side of the hood CO at idle Spark plug DILFR5A 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Wheels Tires Spare tire 9 8 Technical and consumer information 16 x 7 0J 17 x 7 5 P265 70R16 P265 75R16 P265 65R17 Full size DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length Overall width Overall height 4wd model Front Track Rear Track Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rating Front Rear in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ib kg Ib kg Ib kg 178 7 4 539 72 8 1 849 74 9 1 902 61 8 1 570 61 8 1 570 106 3 2 700 See the F M V S S certification label on the center pillar be tween the driver s side front and side doors WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your ve
108. ENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna clock wise Tighten the antenna rod to specification using a suitable tool such as an open end wrench The antenna rod tightening specification is 2 0 2 6 N m 18 23 in lb Do not use pliers to tighten the antenna as they can leave marks on the antenna surface The antenna rod cannot be hand tightened to the proper specification A CAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe
109. ER button 44 or to fast forward or rewind a track on an MP3 CD CD select buttons To play another CD that has been loaded press a CD select button 1 6 SCAN RPT When the SCAN RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRACK RPT ALL DISC RDM 1 DISC RDM ALL DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT All discs loaded will be repeated 1 DISC RPT The disc that is currently playing will be repeated 1 TRACK RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated ALL DISC RDM Tracks from all discs will be played randomly 1 DISC RDM Tracks from the disc that is cur rently playing will be played randomly CD EJECT Current Selected disc Press the amp button then press the slot number 1 6 for the desired disc The compact disc will be ejected If no slot num ber 1 6 is pressed the current loaded disc will be ejected If the ejected disc Is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload All discs Press and hold the amp button for more than 1 5 seconds The compact discs will be ejected one by one If a disc is not removed within 20 seconds or the amp button is pressed again during the eject sequence the entire disc eject sequence will be can celed When this button is pressed while a compact disc is playing the compact disc will eject and the last source will be play
110. FF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve rec ognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice Is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hold the Cx than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND f amp button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 28F button to select a dif ferent language button for more 5 Press the 4 button For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language in this section 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the 4 button 8 The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training
111. Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate all 4 tires to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance an
112. ING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration Oy a LRSO100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems The monitored circuits in clude the Air bag Control Unit ACU crash zone sensor satellite sensors rollover sensor occu pant classification sensor front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain and rollover air bag modules pretensioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag or pretensioner systems may not
113. IO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON and then press the PWR VOL control knob while the sys tem is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the PWR VOL con trol knob Turn the PWR VOL control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO knob BASS MIDRANGE TREBLE FADE BALANCE and SSV if so equipped Press the AUDIO control knob to change the mode as follows BASS MID TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV if so equipped To adjust Bass Mid Midrange Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO knob until the desired mode appears in the display Turn the Tuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the Tuning knob to adjust Fade and Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV
114. Lift up and fold each of the red release handles on the seat base toward the front of the vehicle This will release the seat cushion from the seat base 3 Then lift up on the seat cushion to remove it from the seat base Be sure to store it ina secure place To return the rear seatback to a seating position 1 Push the anchor bars on the bottom of the seat cushions down into the seat base 2 Rotate the seat cushion toward the rear of the vehicle and push down until they are folded flat to secure each seat cushion to the seat base Make sure to hold the seat belts above the seat cushion and prop erly push the seat cushion down into place AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Never ride in the rear seat unless the seat bottom cushions are in place and latched Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e When returning the seatbacks to the upright p
115. MA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Mi crosoft Corporation of the USA 4 20 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems FOLDER MP3 or WMA Playback order chart WHA1078 Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display lf there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing
116. NING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE OIL NN ae Me e Sule TZ A Ai oe CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil leve
117. Owner s manual order form 9 32 Owner s manual service manual order iniormati e ss ece oe Gade oe Se ew ol ee 9 32 P Parking Parking brake operation 5 18 Parking parking onhills 5 29 Phone Bluetooth hands free system 4 38 Power Power door locks Wo a ak oe A a Sao 3 4 Power outlet 2 20004 2 33 Power rear windows 0 0 2 46 Power steering fluid 8 11 Power steering system 5 30 Power windows 8 0005 2 45 Rear power windows 2 46 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 On pavement and off road driving precautions 2 0 002 eae 5 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 27 1 33 1 38 1 41 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 14 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM 2 50 wae e n e eee a ee i 1 44 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 57 Pushi Staring e anac e e a T a A 6 10 R Radio Car phone orCBradio 4 37 Compact Disc CD changer 4 30 4 33 FM AM radio with compact disc CD changer naaa aaa 4 30 FM AM radio with compact disc CD playa e ae r a aae ow E ow ay 4 25 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 36 Readiness for inspection maintenance VM esta ea r wah eG eee kaa 9 30 Rear center seat belt 1 20 Rear power windows 2 46 Rear window and outside mirror defroster
118. RFILL e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 BRAKE AND CLUTCH if so equipped FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch if so equipped systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stop ping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer CLUTCH FLUID if so equipped Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir manual transmissions only If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heav
119. SSAN dealer 4WD warning light Comes on or blinks when Warning light There is a mal function in the 4 wheel drive system The difference in wheel rotation is large The 4WD warning light is located in the meter The 4WD warning light comes on when the igni tion switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the ignition switch is ON the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator light goes out A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Change the 4WD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive fast A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks slowly during operation have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not recommended when the 4WD warning light turns on When the warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is in 4H Be especially careful when driving If corresponding parts are malfunctioning the 4WD mode will not be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is shifted Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consum
120. SSAN is more af fected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control 5 8 Starting and driving Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with 4WD engaged For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drive train damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning ma neuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN four wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a passenger car The vehicle is not designed for cor nering at the same speeds as passenger cars Failure to operate this vehicle cor rectly could result in loss of control and or a rollover ac
121. T e200 ii LIC0876 LICO866 Cargo net if so equipped Right hand luggage side net CARGO NETS The cargo nets help keep packages in the cargo The right hand luggage side net is not removable area from moving around while the vehicle is in A WARNING motion 4 WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help pre To install the large cargo net if so equipped e The cargo restrained in the luggage vent it from sliding or shifting Do not attach the hooks to the retainers side nets must not exceed 8 5 Ib 3 9 kg place cargo higher than the seatbacks To remove the large cargo net detach the hooks een HES UWE WHE WEY Do Ey In a sudden stop or collision unsecured from the cargo net retainers Cargo could cause personal injury e Do not place sharp objects in the lug Be sure to secure all four hooks into the gage side nets Such objects may be retainers The cargo restrained in the come dangerous projectiles and cause net must not exceed 30 Ibs 13 6 kg or injury when the vehicle is moving or if the net may not stay secured the vehicle is involved in a collision Instruments and controls 2 41 Fes eatateee pi ami 7 6 Jeo LIC0867 Left hand luggage side nets To install the removable left hand luggage side net A attach the net to the retainers To remove detach the net from the retainers The smaller left hand luggage side net is not removable ROOF RACK 2 42 Instruments and controls AWARNING Drive extra ca
122. Technical and consumer information 9 21 Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 15 of the trailer weight or within the trailer tongue load specification recommended by the trailer manufacturer If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to ob tain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the Towing load specification chart even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings Trailer frontal area A CAUTION Exceeding the maximum trailer frontal area specification may exceed the towing capacity of the vehicle This may affect the towing performance and lead to vehicle damage The trailer frontal area affects the towing load of a trailer The frontal area is the total area of the vehicle and trailer that is affected by air resis tance while towing Do not exceed the maximum trailer frontal area specification shown in the Towing Load Specification chart The frontal area can be determined by multiplying the width 9 22 Technical and consumer information of the trailer by the height of the trailer For example a trailer that is 8 feet wide by 6 feet tall has a trailer frontal area of 48 square feet TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION SS US amp
123. Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only genuine NISSAN parts 8 24 Maintenance and do it yours
124. WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 19 SS0241 Center of the rear bench seat A WARNING The center seat belt has a connector tongue Q e Always fasten the connector tongue and a seat belt tongue Both the connector and the seat belt in the order shown tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt operation e Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restr
125. WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 23 A TRONS PRESET ABC MENU PRESET A B C button CD eject button MENU button CD insert slot CD button 9 10 WHA1075 FM AM button TUNE buttons RPT button PWR button VOL control knob RDM button 24 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 11 Station select 1 6 buttons 12 SEEK buttons S e E 11 2 d 3 l f 2 ow Oooo PRESET A B C button amp CD eject button FM AM button CD insert slot CD button O WHA1167 MENU button TUNE button RPT button PWR button VOL control knob RDM button 11 Station select 1 6 buttons 12 SEEK button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A and B if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section Audio main operation Power button and VOL control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the PWR power button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running place the ignition switch in the ACC position The
126. a Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide later in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines u
127. abel 9 10 Tire and Loading Information label 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Warning labels for SRS 1 58 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SVSIOM cee ee eae eo oS eS Od 1 29 License plate Installing the license plate 9 11 LCOS eae se oe ee we ee hn em 3 9 Light Air bag warning light 1 59 2 17 Brake light See stop light 8 29 Bulb check instrument panel 2 13 Bulb replacement 8 29 Charge warning light 2 14 Fog light switch ss lt lt 0 w 2 mW 2 28 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 26 Headlight control switch 2 26 Headlights oe ee ae aa 8 27 Interior light o oo aa 2 47 Light bUIDS s a e ee dee 6 oe 8 27 Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Low windshield washer fluid warning W s ae ee Be ee ee ee 2 17 Off road lamps switch 2 29 Passenger air bag and status light 1 53 Security indicator light aoaaa aa 2 19 Warning indicator lights and audible FEMINGCIS 2 6 vases oe em 2G Be RS Bo 2 12 Lights Map NGS i202 a oe oo oe pods 2 48 Lock Child safety rear doorlock 3 5 Door locks x ea amp ok ae bee ae A 3 3 Power door locks Low fuel warning light 2 Low tire pressure warning light 2 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 Luggage hook sa Ghee ea ne ee 6 eo 2 Luggage rack see roof rack
128. ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure Technical and consumer information 9 29 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be fo
129. acity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Technical and consumer information 9 13 Steps for determining correct load Occupants Luggage Trailer Tongue T limit Load limit Weight Remaining available 1 400 Ib re CT LC cargo and luggage 1 Locate the statement The combined 640 kg load capacity weight of occupants and cargo 150 Ib x 2 300 lb 30b x 2 60 Ib 300 Ib 740 Ib should never exceed XXX kg or XXX 70kg 135kg 14kg 27 kg 135 kg 336 kg lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be Occupants Luggage Ea riding in your vehicle Load limit Remaining available 1 400 Ib OI cargo and luggage 3 Subtract the combined weight of the 640 kg bad capac driver and passengers from XXX kg 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib or XXX Ibs 70 kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amou
130. ack while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 LRS0674 hinted A ae REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near BELTS the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 AWARNING The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air
131. ad designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 5 36 Starting and driving 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra windshield washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle wi
132. adjustment pro cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts
133. aint with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Stowing the center seat belt e If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop When folding down the rear seat the rear center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows 1 Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle 2 Insert a suitable tool such as a key into the connector buckle and release the con nector tongue D 3 Fold the connector as illustrated 2 4 Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base 8 in the ceiling AWARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 Attaching the center seat belt Always be sure the center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Dis connect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle
134. aintain a safe driv ing speed pull to the side of the road ina safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties 9 20 Technical and consumer information Total trailer load Tongue load Tongue load x 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manu facturer The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the follow ing Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Gross vehicle weight Gross axle weight AT11025 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Towing c
135. al to the de When the amp Y position is selected the air 2 Press the air flow control button sired position conditioner automatically turns on however j ike ndicator ghron Sd ie ee will 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi Detrosting or defogging not come on if the outside temperature is uan This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to more than 36 F 2 C If in defrost mode for 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de defrost defog the windows 1 Press the defrost defog button GY 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Turn the temperature control dial to the de more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF the vehicle is shut off or the A C button is used to turn off the compressor even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the Y position This dehumidifies the air sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 P l Press the air flow control button sired position between the middle and the which helps defog the windshield 2 T hef dial te the desired hot position The V amp gt mode automatically turns off al o EEE ONTO IAA O ane ESEA poor T lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas ii o quickly remove ice or fog from the win senger compartment to further improve the 3 Turn the temperature
136. ample 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 D t 5 WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT t 1 XX XX t t 2 3 XXX t Example 4 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four num
137. an accident and serious personal injury A CAUTION e After using the E Lock system turn the switch OFF to prevent possible damage to driveline components from extended use Do not drive over 12 MPH 20 km h when the system is engaged Doing so could result in possible damage to the driveline e Do not turn on the E lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components CLUTCH INTERLOCK clutch start SWITCH if so equipped CLUTCH START ED AWARNING Pay special attention to your surround ings when using the clutch interlock switch The vehicle will move forward or backward according to the gear selected The clutch interlock clutch start switch allows for starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal This feature helps you restart the engine if it stops under difficult conditions For example the engine stops on a steep hill and a slight movement forward or backward might be dangerous To use the clutch interlock switch Set the parking brake Depress the brake pedal with your right foot Place your left foot on the brake pedal and release the parking brake 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 5 Press and release the clutch interlock switch The CANCEL light on the switch will illuminate Turn the ignition to the START position to start the engine and at the same time de press the accelerator pedal with your right f
138. ance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage Technical and consumer information 9 3 E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square
139. and stop at the next broadcasting station To seek quickly through the channels press and hold the SEEK TRACK button for more than 1 5 seconds When the button is released the radio will seek to the next broadcasting station SCAN RPT tuning Press the SCAN RPT button for more than 1 5 seconds to stop at each broadcasting station AM FM or SAT if so equipped for 5 seconds Pressing the button again during this 5 second 4 32 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems period will stop scan tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN RPT button is not pressed within 5 seconds scan tuning moves to the next station PRESET A B C Station memory opera tions 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT satellite if so equipped radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of FM AM or SAT stations 1 Choose preset bank A B or C using the PRESET A B C select button 2 Select the desired FM AM or SAT station band 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data sy
140. and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer Is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged When the switch is in the OFF position 8 the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 47 MAP LIGHTS CARGO LIGHT To turn the map lights on press the switches To turn them off press the switches again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 48 Instruments and controls The cargo light on the overhead trim has a three position switch To operate push the switch to the desired position ON The light is illuminated Normal center position The light illuminates when the lift gate is opened The light turns off when the lift gate is closed OFF The light does not illuminate regardless of door position or lock status 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keys E E NE E E eevee 3
141. apacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are n
142. arranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle perform
143. art the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push the A C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner push the A C button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For more information about the rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Press the VS button to the OFF position for normal heating The indicator light on the gt button will go off 2 Press the s air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators 1 Press the 7S button to the OFF position The indicator light on the V amp button will go off 2 Press the rs air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 11 4 Turn the temperature control di
144. atural finish Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your ve hicle model The driver s and passenger s side floor mats have a gro
145. bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system WRS0256 WRS0761 in the rear center position both the Rear facing step 1 Rear facing step 2 center seat belt connector tongue and Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child buckle tongue must be secured See safety and Child restraints sections before in restraint and insert it into the buckle until you Attaching the rear center seat belt in stalling a child restraint hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing this section Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO669 Rear facing step 3 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRS0670 WRS0762 Rear facing step 4 Rear
146. bers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name
147. blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the ve hicle road and traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not over react 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehi
148. c Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the SLIP indicator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dynamic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the battery is removed or discharged the Ve hicle Dynamic Control system is disabled and the VDC indicator light will not turn off after 2 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position To reset the system you must perform the reset procedure Refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual If the light does not go off after performing the reset procedure have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal The VDC system will be disabled and the VDC light will illuminate when the electronic locking rear differential E lock system switch if so equipped is turned on and the E lock system is engaged If the E lock system disengages or the swi
149. call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the 4 button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 45 Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry Delete Entry List Names For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For exampl
150. cern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load A CAUTION Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oi
151. channel 2 Insert the shoulder belt into the back of the comfort guide so that the seat belt lays flat in the guide Be sure that the comfort guide routes the seat belt properly over the center of your shoulder and across your chest The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder 3 To return the seat belt comfort guide to the stowed position route the comfort guide strap in the channel under the 2nd row driv er s side seating position head restraint and attach the guide in the clip LRS0242 Front and 2nd row outboard seats Shoulder belt height adjustment front and 2nd row outboard seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Re lease the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do s
152. ched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB WITH BARE HANDS e Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Do not leave the bulb out of the head light reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the per formance of the headlight Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 4 Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclock wise until it is free from the headlight reflec tor and then remove it 5 Carefully remove the headlight bulb Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it Replacing the headlight bulb 1 Insert the bulb DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB WITH BARE HANDS 2 Install and tighten the bulb retainer Be sure the lip of the bulb socket con tacts the headlight body 3 Push the electrical connector into the bulb plastic base until it snaps and stops 4 Connect the negative battery cable 5 Close the hood Removing the headlight bulb 1 Open the hood 2 Discon
153. cident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this section for Wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required See Periodic mainte nance in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide AWARNING Never remove the ignition key or place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock for models with a steering lock mechanism This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury WSD0041 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition lock is designed so the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position and the key removed until the shift selector is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the shift selector is in the P Park position If the shift selector is not returned to P Park position the ignition switch cannot be moved to
154. cident or sudden stop Folding the 2nd row bench seat To fold the 2nd row bench seat flat for maximum cargo hauling Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 1 Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base See Stowing the center seat belt later in this section Then properly stow the outboard seat belts in the seat belt hooks before fold ing down the rear seats See Seat belt hook in this section for more information Lower the head restraints to the full down position Pull the strap forward located in the center of each seat cushion and fold each seat cushion toward the front of the vehicle 2 Then pull the straps located on the outside 3 This provides a level cargo floor edge of each seatback to fold the seatbacks forward 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system i J JANN To return the bench seats to a seating posi tion reverse this process Raise the seat backs to an upright position Make sure to hold the seat belts above the seat cushion then push the seat cush ion down into place Removing the 2nd row bench seat cushions The rear seat cushion can be removed to provide additional space when folding the 2nd row seat backs flat To remove the 2nd row bench seat cushions 1 Pull the straps forward located in the center of each seat cushion to fold the seat cush ions forward 2
155. ck call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the voice recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Re cent Calls lists To re activate voice recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END RE button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND 4s button will start the Hands Free Phone System Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the voice recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated 4 50 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will always speak the current menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND f button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END MQDE button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END MQDE button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END SEE button for 5 seconds TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Th
156. cle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN
157. com puter later in this section Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec ond resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero TRIP COMPUTER if so equipped The display of the trip computer is situated in the speedometer display When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the display scrolls all the modes of the trip computer and then shows the mode chosen before the ignition switch was placed in the OFF position When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer change button The following modes can be selected Distance to empty dte mile or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly be ing calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the dte mode Is automatically selected and the digits blink in or der to draw the drivers attention Press the change button if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred The dte mark dte will remain blinking until the vehicle is refueled When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to NOTE If the amount of fuel add
158. control dial to the de dows turn the fan control dial to the highest setting and the temperature control to the full HOT position defogging performance sired position between the middle and the hot position Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Press the 7 amp gt button to the OFF position The indicator light on the V amp button will go off 4 12 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Whenthe 7 position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light on the A C button will not come on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C If the air flow control button is selected for more than one minute the air conditioning system will con tinue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF the vehicle is shut off or the A C button is used to turn off the compres sor even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the Ji position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The V 2 mode automati cally turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan con
159. cted grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Engine block heaters are available through NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 SA Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 37 MEMO 5 38 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency First aid kit if so equipped nan cece eee eee 6 2 Pal WS E E A E E E EEE 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Changing a flat tire vs snscense take sede veeane nice 6 3 JUMPS SIANG 2 ni02ceededecteecieestasianeede seem 2 6 8 PMS StaninOs 2t cSeretueeese saan etaiescueseseses 6 10 If your vehicle overheatS 0 00e eee e
160. d Front final drive oil Rear final drive oil With A T With M T Windshield washer fluid shared between front and rear wipers 1 For further details see Fuel recommendation Capacity Approximate US measure Imp measure Liter 21 1 8 gal 17 5 8 gal 80 5 3 8 qt 4 1 2 qt 5 1 5 1 8 qt 4 1 4 qt 4 8 2 3 4 gal 2 1 4 gal 10 2 4 1 4 qt 3 1 2 qt 4 0 4 3 8 at 3 5 8 at 4 2 Refill to the proper level according to the instruc tions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 1 8 qt 1 3 4 qt 2 0 1 3 4 pt 1 1 2 pt 0 85 3 3 8 pt 2 7 8 pt 1 6 4 1 4 pt 3 1 2 pt 2 0 1 1 4 gal 1 gal 4 5 9 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 3 If Genuine NISSAN Matic Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 Viscosity SAE 5W 30 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent 50 Demineralized or distilled water Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF 3 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 4 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 134a 6 NISSAN A C System Oil Type R or equivalent 6 Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF recommended 7 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity 80W 90 9
161. d it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire Starting and driving 5 3 The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire wh
162. d once it has tracked three complete circles Instruments and controls 2 9 2 10 Instruments and controls Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Press and hold the button for about 11 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display Release the button Find your current location on the zone map Refer to the illustration Pressthe button repeatedly to toggle through the zone numbers until the desired number appears in the display Once you have selected a zone number the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure 1 With the display turned on press and hold the button for about 13 seconds The CAL icon in the compass display will illu minate 2 Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at a maximum speed of 5 MPH 8 km h 3 After completing the circles the display should return to normal A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet
163. d phone systems HEATING amp Air passed through DEFROSTING 4a e t heater core DEFOGGING Dn n ee a Fan control Temperature Air flow dial control dial control dial Air conditioner Air recirculation button button Air Air flow Temp Fan recirculation Pe HOT COOLING Air not passed through heater core Fan contro Temperature Air flow contro dial control dial Air conditioner Air recirculation button button Airflow Temp Fan AR contro control ae Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 9 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual Type B AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior Fan speed control dial air to become stale and the windows to _ Front window defroster button fog up Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster button Air recirculation button Temperature control dial MAX A C button Air flow control buttons Air c
164. d upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations A WARNING e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags 2 Airbag Control Unit ACU 3 Supplemental front impact air bag modules 4 Crash zone sensor 5 Occupant classification system control unit Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor Satellite sensors Seat belt buckle switches Seat belt with pretensioner O Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules D Oe WRS0871 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51
165. drests are adjustable E Indicates the seating position is equipped with an adjustable headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or adjustable headrest Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 LRS0888 Components Adjustment To raise the headrest pull it up 1 Adjustable headrest Adjust the headrest so the center is level with the a Adustmentnorch s center of the seat occupant s ears 3 Lock knob 4 Stalks 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4 LRS0889 To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down Cd LRS0890 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the ad justable headrests A O N Pull the headrest up to the highest position Push and hold the lock knob Remove the headrest from the seat Store the headrest properly so it is not loose in the vehicle Reinstall and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion Install 1 Align the headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the ad justment notches Q must be installed in the hole with the lock knob Push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down Properly adjust the headrest before an oc cupant uses the seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restrai
166. e priate in a child restraint chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may resu
167. e say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s 4 46 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak
168. e severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up LHA0489 Type A Fan control dial Temperature control dial Air flow control dial Air conditioner button Rear window defroster button Air recirculation button CONTROLS Fan control dial oo Se wpn The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets MAX A C Air flows from center and side vents with maximum cooling Pai Air flows from center and side vents pd Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets yi Air flows mainly from foot outlets i Air flows from defroster out lets and foot outlets TY Air flows mainly from de froster outlets Whenthe 4 i F or GY position Is selected the air recirculation gt mode cannot be turned on This prevents the win dows from fogging Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button ON position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Press the button to the
169. e shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift selec tor If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could oc cur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed To back up depress the shift selector and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift selector into R Reverse or 1 First shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 First If your vehicle is equipped with 4 wheel drive see Transfer case shifting procedures later in this section Suggested upshift speeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habi
170. e 6 10 TOWING VOUr VENICIC 6iscus ete agveeteateeuvece sete 6 11 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 12 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 13 FIRST AID KIT if so equipped A first aid kit is located on the back door trim panel To remove the first aid kit C Squeeze the latch buttons 2 Pull the two straps apart to unfasten 6 2 Incase of emergency FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible remind ers in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase
171. e abra sions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain and rollover air bags will remain in flated for a short time The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflatio
172. e aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS os os 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself aa N j EVIE Sv J VQ40DE engine Window washer fluid reservoir Fuse fusible link box Fuse and relay box Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir M T model Air cleaner Drive belt location Radiator cap Power steering fluid reservoir Battery Engine coolant reservoir ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a g
173. e oh ee hae a be eee eo 3 3 Door open warning light 2 14 Drive belt 2 s gt e ai oe oe a ee om ow amp 8 16 Driving Cold weather driving 5 35 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Driving with manual transmission 5 16 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 10 2 E Economy fuel 2 6 es e s a aa aai a 5 20 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock SVSIGI asa a we A ew ee awe ee 5 27 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system SWITCH 6 9 sa ia pie w ma aa nR a 2 32 Emission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty 9 30 Engine Before starting the engine 5 11 Blockheater 02 5 37 Capacities and recommended fuellubricants 6 a sic ee we oe oe 9 2 Changing engine coolant aoaaa 8 8 Changing engine oill 8 9 Changing engine oil filter aa 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Checking engine oillevel 8 8 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Engine cooling system 8 7 Engine oil uaaa Ge ee os 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 14 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Engine serial number 9 10 Engine specifications 9 7 Starting the engine 5 11 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 8 Event data
174. e seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pretensioner sys tem the supplemental air bag warning light A will not come on will flash intermit tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been placed in the ON or START position In this case the preten sioner system may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARN
175. e system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom Solution 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly Aa noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker adaptation SA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phonebook in this section The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Heater air conditioner audio and pho
176. e the Tow Mode or downshift the trans mission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually NISSAN recommends that the cruise con trol not be used while towing a trailer Technical and consumer information 9 27 Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometime
177. e window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up 2 46 Instruments and controls Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function LICO410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening INTERIOR LIGHTS LICO792 Type A The interior lights have a three position switch and operate regardless of ignition switch posi tion When the switch is in the ON position 4 the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the ON position the interior lights will stay on for about 30 seconds when WIC0879 Type B The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position The driver s door is opened
178. eceives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original position Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described in this section ADJUSTABLE HEADREST if so equipped AWARNING The adjustable headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the headrests properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the adjustable headrest stalks or remove the adjustable headrests Do not use the seat if the adjustable head rests have been removed If the headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the adjustable headrests This may in crease the risk of serious injury or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with adjustable headrests All of the hea
179. ed CD IN indicator The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate if CDs have been loaded into the changer in CD mode only 4 34 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems AUX jack if so equipped The AUX jack is located above the power outlet The AUX audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a por table cassette tape player MPS player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX jack A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated WHA1095 CD CARE AND CLEANING TRER 1 Volume control switch Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the 9 MODE select switch disc Never touch the surface of the disc 3 POWER on off switch Always place the discs in the storage case 4 Tuning switch when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 35 LHA1087 Type B Volume control switch Phone operation switch Power on and MODE select switch 4 Tuning switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated
180. ed The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the gt 4 position Turn the headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Instruments and controls 2 27 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the Pd or 2 position Turn the control A to adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights when driving at night 2 28 Instruments and controls TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal 2 To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the positi
181. ed to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in P Park or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Seat lifter if so equipped Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion to the desired position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Lumbar support if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Move the lever forward or backward to adjust the seat lumbar area HEAD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Head restraints supplement the other ve hicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against injury in cer tain rear end collisions Adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been re moved If the head restraint was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head re straint before an occupant uses the seat ing position Failure to follow these in structions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints All of the head restraints are adjustable A
182. ed while the ignition switch is OFF is small the dis play just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may continue to be dis played When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Average speed MPH or km h The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change button for more than approximately 1 second The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows Instruments and controls 2 5 Average fuel consumption Mpg or I 100km The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change button for more than approximately 1 second The dis play is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset the display shows Journey time The journey time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pressing the change button for more than ap proximately 1 second Trip computer reset Pushing the change button for more than 3 sec onds will reset all modes except Trip A and dis tance to empty dte 2 6 Instruments and controls TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rom Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zo
183. efore the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents 9 6 Technical and consumer information A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE VQ40D
184. ehicle Do not use the shift selector in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident 5 18 Starting and driving To engage Pull the parking brake lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift selector in the N Neutral position Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector to the P Park position 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower the lever completely 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL ACCEL RES a COAST SET Loy CANCEL ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch ON OFF switch 4 CANCEL switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL lf the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver op e f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system use the following pro cedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise
185. elf PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller WDI0452 Type A If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts LDIO0456 Type B Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 KEYFOB if so equipped Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows A Open the lid using a coin 2 Remove the battery 8 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Install a new battery with the facing Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seri ously deplete the storage capacity Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction When changing the battery do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob There is danger of explosion if a lithium bat tery Is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or
186. elp position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straints later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Teth ers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child Restraints section for more in formation NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section 1 25 INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child
187. elt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing A CAUTION e Use Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may also be used Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Matic J ATF will cause deteriora tion in driveability and automatic trans mission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment POWER STEERING FLUID yi aE a 2 iz y 7 5 Ci WDI0282 The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is at or below the MIN line add Genu ine NISSAN PSF to HOT MAX or COLD MAX depending on system fluid temperature Remove the cap and fill through the opening A CAUTION e DO NOT OVE
188. em Bluetooth Hazard warning flasher switch Headlight and turn signal switch Headlight control switch Headlights 2 6 2 weed amp 6 a Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 2 Heater operation 4 4 Hill descent control switch Hill descent control system Hill start assist system 04 Hood release Hook Luggage hook 0 6 2b nee eee es Horn l Immobilizer system 2 23 3 2 5 11 Important vehicle information label 9 10 In cabin microfilter lt a s e244 44040 8 17 Increasing fuel economy 5 20 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders ac eG wok See ow A ew 9 12 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 13 Inside MINOF oo ssc oo cee ee eo OS ee 3 13 Instrument brightness control 2 28 Instrument panel 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 28 Interior ight s s soa sa sonda ga a ew on 2 47 ISOFIX child restraints 1 29 J JUS Staring ae se e a e wy a 6 8 K Keys Meek Oe EEEE ee ee EEEE 3 2 Keyfob battery replacement 8 25 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system 3 5 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 11 C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serial number 9 10 F M V S S certification l
189. en the button is pressed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked If a door is open and you press the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silenc ing the horn beep feature in this section for details a Unlocking doors LPD0210 Press the M button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi tion The interior lights illuminate for 30 seconds when the interior light switch is in the normal operation position Press the if within 5 seconds button on the keyfob again All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition switch and placing the ignition switch in the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock Whenthe button onthe keyfob is pressed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the switch
190. ental airbag system 1 44 Switch Automatic power window switch 2 46 Clutch interlock clutch start switch 2 33 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch 2 4 0 4 diane Oo we Ad ace 2 32 Fog light switch oi 2a se ee ew ee eo 2 28 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 29 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 26 Headlight control switch 2 26 Hill descent control switch 2 31 Overdrive switch 04 4 5 15 Power door lock switch 3 4 Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch 2 25 Rear window wiper and washer SWITCHES 6 bao me eS adn a wok ee a 2 25 Turn signalswitch 2 28 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWNG e ane So eG Ga se eee ee ak 2 30 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 24 T Tachometer 00 00 ee uee 2 6 10 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 23 3 2 5 11 Three way catalyst 6 eee ee 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 12 Tire Plat e a ose ee ee a a Se a a A 6 2 SPEE 2 2 4 4 28 oa he ee we eee i 6 4 Tire and Loading Information label 9 11 THE CHANG 65a oe oe ho e 8 39 Tire placard 2g 0 be ewe oe ae od 9 11 Tire pressure aw ea awe ke wd he ww wo 8 32 THE rolati sia wow ewe he Ee 8 39 Tires of 4 wheel drive 8 41 Types of tires ke eee a we RAS 8 38 Uniform
191. enuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solu tions other than a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Outside temperature down to CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur ized tank When installing the cap tighten it until a clicking sound is heard Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWAR
192. eo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 17 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpas
193. eplace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 5 Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 6 Return the wiper to its original position and release it until it has made contact with the windshield A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the windshield washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper wind shield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin Rear window wiper blade Lift the wiper arm away from the rear win dow Push the wiper blade in and pivot until the blade becomes free Insert a new blade onto the wiper arm and snap into place Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 BRAKES If the brakes do not operate
194. equipped indicates the transfer case is in 4H 4L or 2H and that the ATP light is off If the oo indicator light is flashing or the ATP light is ON make sure the transmission is in P Park AT and turn the 4WD switch to 2WD or 4H See Automatic transmission park warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Using four wheel drive 4WD in the Starting and driving section Turn off the engine To drive away uv e w P Start the vehicle Apply and hold the brake pedal Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks 6 Apply and hold the brake pedal 7 Have someone retrieve and store the blocks While going downhill the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de crease overall stability Therefore to main tain adequate control reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descend ing a hill as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating Shifting to a lower gear instead provides engine brak ing and reduces the need to brake as fre quently If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this owner s manual Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your ve
195. equivalent type Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent 4 Close the lid securely 5 Press the button then the Bi button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb A bulb can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scrat
196. er and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift selector out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position 21 LSD0151 To move the shift selector m Push the button while depressing the brake pedal Push the button to shift gt Shift without depressing brake pedal Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector out of the P Park position AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift selec tor is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is placed
197. er brakes When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used However most states require a separate braking system on trailers with a loaded weight above a specific amount Make sure the trailer meets the local regulations and the regulations where you plan to tow Several types of braking systems are available Surge Brakes The surge brake actuator is mounted on the trailer tongue with a hydraulic line running to each trailer wheel Surge brakes are activated by the trailer pushing against the hitch ball when the tow vehicle is braking Hydraulic surge brakes are common on rental trailers and some boat trailers In this type of system there is no hydraulic or electric connection for brake op eration between the tow vehicle and the trailer Electric Trailer Brakes Electric braking sys tems are activated by an electronic signal sent from a trailer brake controller special brake sensing module If electric trailer brakes are used see Electric trailer brake controller in this section Have a professional supplier of towing equip ment make sure the trailer brakes are properly installed and demonstrate proper brake function testing AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system Electric trailer brake controller Trailers equipped with electric brakes may re quire the installation of an aftermarket trailer brake controller
198. er information LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the _ vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle
199. ering wheel control P 3 12 Off road lamps switch if so equipped P 2 29 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped P 2 33 Power outside mirror controls if so equipped P 3 14 1 Wa rning indicator lights 6 Odometer Twin trip odometer Trip com 2 Tachometer puter if so equipped 3 Speedometer 7 Engine oil pressure gauge 4 Fuel gauge 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 5 Voltmeter Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer Twin trip odometer i9 129 129 The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed e BP pe BP de OP when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips LIC0780 1 Speedometer With twin trip odometer 2 Odometer Changing the display 3 Change button For vehicles equipped with twin trip odometer pushing the change button changes the display as follows TripL A Trip B_ Trip l A_ 2 4 Instruments and controls E E Fo E E gt a yga WIC0922 With trip computer For vehicles equipped with trip computer push ing the change button changes the display as follows Tripi A _ Trip B_ Distance to Empty Average speed Average fuel consumption Journey time Trip A For additional information refer to Trip
200. es and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking
201. es the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator The current sensor is located near the battery along the negative battery cable If you add elec trical accessories to your vehicle be sure to ground them to a suitable body ground such as the frame or engine block area Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 DRIVE BELT Power steering fluid pump Automatic belt tensioner Cooling fan Air conditioner compressor Crankshaft pulley Generator Oo ee SS 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended
202. ese steps to install a forward facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0799 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat ing positions that do not have a top tether anchor WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the headrest when the child restraint is removed See Adjustable headrest in this section for head restraint adjustment information If the seating position does not have an adjustable headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seat ing position or a different child restraint
203. eses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT 12 13 a ee O 1 Engine hood P 3 9 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 24 Windshield P 8 19 Power windows P 2 45 Door locks keyfob keys P 3 3 3 5 3 2 Mirrors P 3 13 Tire pressure P 8 32 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 5 36 Replacing bulbs P 8 27 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 26 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 28 Tow hooks if so equipped P 6 11 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents Ss Go oa 2 oS 9 Roof rack P 2 42 Vehicle loading P 9 12 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch P 2 25 Rear window washer P 2 25 Lift gate P 3 9 Spare tire P 6 2 Replacing bulbs P 8 27 Fuel filler door P 3 10 Child safety rear door lock P 3 5 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ae oP eS a 8 Map lights P 2 48 Sun visors P 3 12 Inside mirror P 3 13 Glove box P 2 36 Console box P 2 36 Front seats P 1 2 Rear seats P 1 11 Storage P 2 35 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL
204. ever greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake sho
205. ey can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START posi tion After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of inju
206. ezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the windshield washer reser voir tank with windshield washer fluid concentrates at full strength e Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur ers recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer reservoir tank Do not use the windshield washer reservoir tank to mix the windshield washer fluid con centrate and water REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH LICO783 Type A To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster Instruments and controls 2 25 2 26 Type B Instruments and controls LIC1419 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH LICO706 LIC0688 Type A Type B HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH A CAUTION Lighting Use t
207. f the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadvert ently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift selector to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 2 Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 7 Make sure the oo indicator light if so
208. facing step 5 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 WRS0763 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow th
209. ff road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Be sure to read the driving safety precautions later in this section AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result ina collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or
210. fferent off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs drums Such inter ference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet e3z y Four wheel drive models A CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a c
211. fore inserting or disconnecting a dealer for additional information plug be sure the electrical accessory Do not use with accessories that ex being used is turned OFF ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory 2 34 Instruments and controls STORAGE LIC1539 Top center tray STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop AT model if so equipped LICO818 WIC1421 MT model if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 35 CONSOLE BOX Pull up on the lever 4 to open the console box lid Instruments and controls GLOVE BOX To open the top portion of the glove box push the latch A up and raise the lid To open the lower portion of the glove box pull the handle down and lower the lid Use the master key to lock or unlock the glove box The valet key cannot be used to lock or unlock the glove box AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop SUNGLASSES HOLDER if so To open the sunglasses holder push and release AWARNING e Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses
212. fore shifting the transmission into gear If the shift selector is 2 20 Instruments and controls shifted from the N Neutral position to any other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blinking the vehicle may move unexpectedly When you shift between 4H and 4LO follow the instructions below For automatic transmission models stop the vehicle and shift the shift selector to the N Neutral position with the brake pedal de pressed then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H For manual transmission models stop the vehicle and shift the shift selector to the N Neutral position with the clutch pedal de pressed then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch between 4H and 4LO unless you stop the vehicle and shift the shift selector to the N position with the brake pedal AT models or clutch pedal MT models depressed Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on VDC i i Vehicle Dynamic Control OFF indicator light This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF the transfer case is in the 4LO position PXJ model or when the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is not functioning properly This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is not oper ating Push the Vehicle Dynami
213. front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 Technical and consumer information 9 23 AWARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake sys tem Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg 9 24 Technical and consumer information Class Il hitch Class Il trailer hitch equipmen
214. fter adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly S7 Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s
215. h distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range Is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than ster
216. hains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical sys tem See a reputable trailer dealer to ob tain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector A NISSAN 7 pin tow harness kit is available from your dealer If your trailer is equipped with a flat 4 pin connec tor an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle Adapters are available at auto parts stores and hitch retailers Trail
217. hanges should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor pattern sensor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with
218. he buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belts with pretensioners Front seats AWARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system activates in conjunction with the front air bag system The pretensioner system also activates with the curtain and rollover air bags in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers Working with the seat belt retrac tor it helps tighten th
219. he headlights with the engine run O ning to avoid discharging the vehicle C When turning the switch to the PGE posi _ battery tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 20 light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the gt position the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes or 22 After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the P9 or 2 position the headlights will illuminate again for 5 minutes if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then turned to the P9 or 2 position A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake releas
220. he seat properly See Precau tions on seat belt usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclin
221. he shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certi fying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer w
222. he transmission will disengage and the drive wheels will not lock Brake or O Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer 2 14 Instruments and controls AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the
223. hen properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts later in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seri ously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occu pants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles
224. hi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION _L LTI0085 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Technical and consumer information 9 9 a ps eel dl ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL
225. hicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Us
226. hicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operat ing conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures TIRE AND LOADING IEORMATION NSI PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID Ino RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT G gmmeror are at the specified level a AVANT XXX kPa XX psi X e For additional information re e a vals aT ARRIERE XXX kPa XX psi garding tires refer to Important ARRIERE Ioe RE ns XXX kPa XX psi
227. hooks if so equipped 9 16 PANG TS es eee seep EOE ene eee ates 9 18 Measurement of weights 22 5 9 18 Townga Valet ed eceneeencuessaiese eee tee sececes 9 19 Maximum load limits 3 o 27icececceeneoseeeeerads 9 19 Towing load specification s aaas uuene 9 22 TOWING Sally ewes otc cc own tine chew nd een een es 9 22 Fat OWING ctcncer ct suerestoece sieeeeeeeeeceess 9 28 Uniform tire quality grading 24 02 0024 easeeveeeeswnes 9 29 Emission control system warranty sssssssssssnae 9 30 Reporting safety defects US only 08 9 30 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 30 Event Data Recorders EDR 0cceeeeeaes 9 31 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 32 In the event of a collision 9 32 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Fuel Engine oil 8 Drain and Refill With oil filter change Without oil filter change Cooling system With reservoir 2WD 4WD Manual transmission gear oil Automatic transmission fluid Power steering fluid PSF Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system oil Transfer flui
228. hts on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshie
229. ial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual In case of emergency 6 11 WCE0196 A Automatic Transmissions A T Manual Transmissions M T TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN 6 12 Incase of emergency Two wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated A CAUTION Never tow automatic transmiss
230. ile driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure of all 4 tires are adjusted After the tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening 5 4 Starting and driving For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated
231. iller cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter Unscrew the plate covering the oil filter ex posing the filter Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 6 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 10 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is f
232. in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position and the key cannot be removed from the ignition switch Move the shift selector to the P Park position then the ignition switch can be placed in LOCK P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal should be depressed to move the shift selector from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift selector into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the shift selector from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving Starti
233. information concerning the following systems Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain and roll over air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover both curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu
234. ing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire Placard if so equipped or the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Size Cold Tire Infla tion Pressure Front Original Tire P265 65R17 110T P265 70R16 111T P265 75R16 114T Rear Original Tire P265 65R17 110T P265 70R16 111T P265 75R16 114T Spare Tire P265 65R17 110T P265 70R16 111T P265 75R16 114T 240 kPa 35 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 1 P215 65R15 95H 65 t 3 Ex
235. ion 4 wheel drive vehicles the vehicle must be stopped or moving at 4 mph 7 km h or less and the E Lock system switch must be turned ON When the E Lock switch is turned ON the indi cator light will flash until the system engages However if all operation conditions listed above 2 32 Instruments and controls are not met or the system becomes disengaged the indicator light will continue to flash The Anti Lock Brake ABS system is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Also the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is disabled and the VDC light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON See Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system in the Starting and Driving section for further explanation and system limitations AWARNING Never leave the E Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard surfaced roads Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury After us ing the E Lock system to free the ve hicle turn the system OFF Use the E Lock system only when free ing a stuck vehicle Try the 4LO position before using the E Lock system Never use the E Lock system on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice sur face Using the E Lock system when driving in these road conditions may cause unexpected movement of the ve hicle during engine braking accelerat ing or turning which may result in
236. ion models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels e When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by placing the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion This may damage the steering lock mechanism for models with a steering lock mechanism If you have to tow manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dol lies or four wheels on the ground Always release the parking brake Move the transmission shift selector to the N Neutral position Observe the following restricted tow ing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only Speed Below 60 MPH 97 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 805 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission Four wheel drive models VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be vehicle used when towing your vehicle
237. ion of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modi fications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen amp If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the fro
238. ion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the PWR VOL control knob is depressed to ON No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then the RADIO button is used to toggle between AM and FM bands If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pushed the compact disc will automati cally be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception A gt gt CAT FOLDER tuning button To manually tune the radio press the CAT FOLDER button 44 or gt gt ing knob to right or left or turn the tun To move quickly through the channels press and hold either the 44 or PP button down for more than 1 5 seconds id SEEK TRACK tuning button Press the SEEK TRACK button M or Pl for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies
239. ir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important t
240. ircumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may dam age the transmission transfer case and differential gears If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact a NISSAN dealer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the r
241. is played use the SEEK button to turn the clock display on CLK ON or off CLK OFF Clock set If the clock is not displayed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position you need to select the CLK ON mode Press the MENU but ton repeatedly until CLOCK is displayed Use the SEEK button to enable CLK ON mode 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until CLOCK mode appears press the SEEK button until CLK ON appears 2 Press the MENU button again the hours will start flashing 3 Press the SEEK button M or PI to adjust the hour 4 Press the MENU button again the display will switch to the minute adjustment mode 5 The minutes will start flashing Press SEEK button M or gt l toadjust the minutes 6 Press the MENU button again to exit the clock set mode 4 26 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds or press the MENU button again to return to the regular clock display Resetting the time Hold the MENU button down and then press the TUNE SEEK button the time will reset as fol lows lf the displayed minutes before the reset are in the range of 00 29 the hour displayed before the reset will stay the same and the minutes will be reset to 00 lf the displayed minutes before the reset are in the range of 30 59 the hour displayed before the reset will advance by one hour and the minutes will be reset to 00 Fo
242. is does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting For additional information on heating and cooling see Heater and air con ditioner in this section The air recirculation X button should always be in the OFF position for heating and defrosting DEFROSTING Air passed through BI LEVEL Air passed through DEFOGGING 4 _ heater core HEATING COON heater core ae _ Fan control Temperature Air flow Fan contro Temperatur Air flow 5 F pioa pes dia control dial control dial contro dial contro dial on aR N Air conditioner Air recirculation A Air recirculation bution button uton button Air Air A C Air ow Temp Fan A C Airflow Temp Fan Button control contro control pee Button contro control control e ae amp Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 7 HEATING Air passed through heater core Fan control Temperature Air flow control dial contro dial Air conditioner Air recirculation button button P Air A C i Airflow Temp Fan Button contro baa HOT 4 8 Heater air conditioner audio an
243. is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that speaker ad aptation has been completed and the sys tem Is ready The SA mode will stop if e The 4 buttonis pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle begins moving during SA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 49 outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go ba
244. is in the OFF posi tion and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform You should b
245. is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the illustration for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground In case of emergency 6 5 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point The front tire jack up points are indicated by stamped arrows on the side of the frame In case of emergency The jack should be used on firm and level ground Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench
246. isplay modes Disc number Folder number Once the display mode is selected press the AUDIO knob again to store the setting If the AUDIO knob is not pressed within 8 seconds the display will refresh with the last selected display mode setting Track title mode displays the title of the se lected CD track Disc title mode displays the title of the CD being played Track number mode displays the number selected disc and the track that is currently being played on the disk MP3 display mode To change the text displayed when listening to an MP3 WMA CD with MP3 WMaA text when CD with text is being used press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the CD text as follows File name Folder title Art ist Disc number Folder number To change the default display mode press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until DISPLAY MODE appears on the display then rotate the knob to select the following display modes File name Folder title Artist Disc number Folder number Once a display mode is selected press the AU DIO knob again to store the setting Folder number mode displays the selected folder number and the track number that is currently being played Disc number mode displays the selected disc number and the track number that is currently being played Artist mode displays the artist title of the MP3 WMA file File name mode displays the track
247. ith the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock automatically Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition switch and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors unlock automatically when the key is removed from the ignition switch The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passen ger s side WPD03
248. itioner button Air flow controls controls Air Air flow Tem Fan Air A C Air flow Temp Fan p lat Button control control control bait en control control control Do i Pe HOT HI COOL HI Auto turns 4 16 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the PWR power VOL vol ume knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strengt
249. ity to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to wo
250. izer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors can not be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LPD0240 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2
251. l the ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips SERVICE the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL later in this section Instruments and controls 2 7 LICO741 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running The needle should be in the middle of the gauge when the engine is running 2 8 Instruments and controls A CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine VOLTMETER When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the voltmeter indicates the battery volt age When the engine is running It indicates the generator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 11 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly
252. l additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Technical and consumer information 9 5 Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil b
253. l should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the drain plug 8 with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oll If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter in this section e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil f
254. ld The mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and pushin the AE button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner Is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 5 The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Push the VS button to the off position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the A C comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high push the SP button to the on position indicator light on Be sure to return the CS button to the off position for normal cooling Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the GY position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Push the A C comes on
255. ld repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift selector in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every
256. le information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing February 2010 10 Publication No OMOE ON50U1 Printed in U S A
257. ll have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be se riously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI prote
258. location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body e For details consult a NISSAN dealer Do not ground electrical accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage con trol system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Vari able voltage control system in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion later in this manual Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 37 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN i
259. lt in serious per sonal injury 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends
260. ly one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants Th
261. m Folding the front passenger s seatback if so equipped To fold the front passenger s seatback flat for extra storage length when transporting long items Q Slide the seat to the rearmost position Lift up on the recline lever located on the out side edge of the seat and fold the seatback forward as far as it will go Then lift up on the latch located on the upper corner of the seatback to release the back of the seat 2 Once the seatback is released it will enable you to fold the front passenger seatback flat over the seat cushion To return the front passenger s seat to a seating position lift up on the seatback and push it up to an upright position Then pull up on the recline lever and lean the seatback to a proper seating position Release the lever to lock the seatback in position AWARNING If you fold the front passenger s seat back flat forward to carry longer ob jects be sure this cargo is properly se cured and not near an air bag In a crash an inflating air bag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Se cure objects away from the area in which an air bag would inflate See Precautions on supplemental restraint system later in this section Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the front passenger s seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers could re sult in serious injury in an ac
262. m feedback and give a command at once See List of voice commands and During a call in this section for more information paa PHONE END While the voice recognition system is active press and hold the pa button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time TUNING SWITCH While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section 4 42 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 46 button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 28E button to select a dif ferent language button for more 3 Press the fem button For information on speaker adaptation see Speaker adaptation SA mode in this sec tion 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language
263. mage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury A CAUTION e Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission vehicles stop the ve hicle and shift the shift selector to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission vehicles stop the vehicle and shift the shift selector to the N position with the clutch pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Starting and driving 5 21 TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING PROCEDURES The part time 4WD system provides 3 positions 2WD 4H and 4LO so you can select the desired drive mode according to the driving con ditions 2WD or 4WD shift procedure 4WD Shift Wheels Indicator Light l 4WD shift_ Transfer 4LO position ee ene AWD SMN Procedure pg Move the 4WD switch E F igi 2WD lt gt 4H Rear wheels sal Lo io AWD shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift
264. me is 2 seconds After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely Hill start assist will not operate when the shift selector is shifted to N or P or on a flat and level road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual Starting and driving 5 35 DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tre
265. mmand you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response 4 44 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Call Main Menu Call Speak name A Phone Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial Call Back Speak Name A If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phonebook in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the loca tion Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section for more details Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number
266. mmet hole incorporated in them Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where
267. mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH turn the Tuning knob to the right or left Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds 4 30 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Clock set 1 Press the DISP CLOCK button until it beeps gt 1 5 seconds 2 The hours will start flashing Press the CAT FOLDER 44 or PP button or SEEK TRACK 4 or gt l button to adjust the hours 3 Press the DISP CLOCK button again to switch to the minute adjustment 4 Press the CAT FOLDER d4 or P gt button or SEEK TRACK or Pl button to adjust the minutes 5 Press the DISP CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 7 seconds or you may press the DISP CLOCK button again to return to the regu lar clock display DISP display button This DISP display button will show text about MP3 SAT or CD information in the audio display CD display mode To change the text displayed while playing a CD with text press the DISP button The DISP button will allow you to scroll through CD text as follows Disc title Track number Track title To change the default display mode press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until DISPLAY MODE appears on the display then rotate the knob to select the following d
268. molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do no
269. n Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather 5 12 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive 3 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum pow
270. n several side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems This is to prevent dam age to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the curtain and rollover air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or cur tain and rollover air bag systems The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide t
271. n an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual In case of emergency 6 7 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle 6 8 Incase of emergency Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury
272. n serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a di
273. n steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 or manual transmission 1st gear or 2nd gear for engine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning Before placing the 4WD shift switch in the 4H position from 2WD ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 MPH 100 km h Failure to do so can damage the 4WD system Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4L and 4H while driving Starting and driving 5 25 Il 4WD shift indicator light The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the odometer display LSD0147 The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is com pleted the 4WD shift indicator light will come on 5 26 Starting and driving f the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD indicator light goes out A CAUTION If the 4WD shift indicator light indication changes to 2WD when the 4WD shift switch is shifted to the 4H position at low ambient temperatures the 2WD mode may be being engaged due to malfunc tioning drive system If the indicator does not return to normal and the 4WD warning light comes on have the system checked by the nearest NI
274. n the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from mov ing backward on a hill Always drive carefully and attentively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may re sult in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill start assist system is not de signed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions Al ways be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions The shift selector is shifted to a forward or reverse gear The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake The maximum holding ti
275. n the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the keyfob Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object Do not change or modify the keyfob Wetting may damage the keyfob If the keyfob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments Do not attach the keyfob with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the keyfob near equip ment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and per sonal computers If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer T om LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors h Close all windows Remove the key from the ignition switch Close the hood and all doors Press the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked A OW N Wh
276. ncreases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt 1 41 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint s
277. ne shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 1 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the ve hicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The jb indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION if the vehicle runs out of fue
278. ne running and the shift selector in the D Drive position the transmission upshifts into Overdrive as vehicle speed increases Overdrive does not engage until the engine has reached operating temperature Starting and driving 5 15 OFF For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking Is nec essary push the Overdrive switch once The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When cruising at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of Overdrive repeatedly In this case depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive off The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When driving conditions change depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive on Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex tended periods of time with the Overdrive off This reduces fuel economy 5 16 Starting and driving MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely befor
279. ne systems 4 51 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 008 5 2 Three way catalyst s2csc0vecehaeeanecteaiasdne cy 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 On pavement and off road driving DreCaUllONsess cencevanata ee cosedadeageseectance 5 5 Avoiding collision and rollover 05 5 5 Off road recovery 5 cites wnsn werner aenneenaes eas 5 6 Rapid air pressure lOSS iuncceccce anaana 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Driving safety precautions 00 eee 5 7 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 9 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 10 KEY POSINIONS 2 occtucantidecetseeees acdsee cedex 5 10 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 11 Before starting the engine 0 00e 5 11 Starting the engine lt isweanpeerekuyioeawe ane ea ees 5 11 Driving th VENICle 2 csc eneumeeseaes iste fax ames 5 12 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 12 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 16 Parking Drako scnecedeneceewe eeousenedaaewe cen ohne 5 18 Ge COMMOlssaxneuneieens dean eee ate E E 5 18 Precautions on cruise control 5 18 Cruise control operations 0 000 eee 5 19 Break in schedule 6 ivaccceweseraceentvuemssee exes 5 20 Increasing fuel economy o 2tceduenteasnsd seca 5 20 ES Usi
280. nect the negative battery cable 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear end of the bulb 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Bulb No 9007 HB5 3457AK 194 Headlight Turn signal light Parking light Side marker Off road lights Rear combination light 3156AK T20 921 168 H11 AL48 AL48 AL48 Turn signal Stop Tail Back up License plate light Fog light if so equipped Interior light Map lights Cargo light High mounted stop light 1 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 2The bulb is not serviceable in vehicle See a NISSAN dealer for assistance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself See ee Map lights Off road lights if so equipped Interior light Fog light if so equipped Headlight assembly Cargo light High mount stoplight Rear combination light License plate light Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation LDI0478 WDI0206 Map lights Interior light Cargo light Use a cloth to protect the housing Use a cloth to protect the housing LDI0448 Rear combination light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see
281. nents from extended use Do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 12 mph 20 km h when the system is engaged Doing so could damage drivetrain components Do not turn on the E lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmis sion models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the shift selector has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift selector in the R Reverse position When parking on an uphill grade place the shift selector in 1st gear Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector to the P Park posi tion To help prevent the vehicle from
282. ng and driving 5 13 D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 3 Third gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advanta geous Do not downshift into the 3 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 3 position 2WD 99 MPH 160 km h 4H 99 MPH 160 km h 4LO 37 MPH 60 km h 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades Do not downshift into the 2 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 2 position 5 14 Starting and driving 2WD 62 MPH 100 km h 4H 62 MPH 100 km h 4LO 21 MPH 35 km h 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not downshift into the 1 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 1 position 2WD 37 MPH 60 km h 4H 37 MPH 60 km h 4LO 12 MPH 20 km h Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector release the shift lock The shift selector can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked un less the ignition switch Is placed in the ON
283. ng four wheel drive 4WD if so equipped n nannan cece cece eens 5 21 Transfer case shifting procedures 5 22 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system if so equipped c csnnecacecatawenmewieceteaeranes 5 27 Parking parking on hills aaan 5 29 Power SICCIING c s ee eseetueowseteacusye a E 5 30 Brake system o ccosirerurcsiaartorer oct erore rr E 5 30 Brake precautions lt lt ci vs4 x tender dsersnuceeee B 5 30 Anti lock Braking System ABS 05 5 31 Active brake limited slip ABLS system 5 32 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 32 Hill descent control system if so equipped 5 34 Hill start assist system if so equipped 5 35 Cold weather driving 000 eee e eee e eee es 5 35 Freeing a frozen door lock 2 20 5 5 35 Antee 224 wien eonenna derekasan enea aea 5 35 BANON cree deganedteeneddeceredaceeeeees fuses 5 35 Draining of coolant Walter iia cecitewecneeeeredes 5 36 THE COUIDMEN or iecernay ecu euseeieneweceaxte 5 36 Special winter equipment 2 002 00 5 36 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 37 Driving ON SNOW OF ICO 2c snusneaeenee Ses ees ee 5 36 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally
284. ng or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are Our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at For U S customers nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers information
285. ngine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds It is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag For vehicles equipped with use 4H or 4L position only when necessary Four wheel drive operation lowers fuel economy EsZ USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD if so equipped AWARNING For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain da
286. ning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bags curtain and rollover air bags and or pretensioners will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to your self or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS EA Automatic transmission position indicator light A T models only When the ignition switch is in the ON position this indicator light shows the shift selector posi tion See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational Instruments and controls 2 17 SET Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Electronic locking rear ee differential E Lock system on indicator light if so equipped This light comes on when the electronic locking rear differential E Lock system clutch is fully engaged The indicator light flashes when the system is first turned on When the system fully engages the light
287. nna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove
288. nt of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and Load limit Remaining available there will be five 150 Ib passengers 1 400 Ib R x R R J eer i __ targoand luggage in your vehicle the amount of avail 640 kg load capacity able cargo and luggage load capac 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib ae ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 X 150 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 ko soo i or 640 340 5 X 70 Occupants Luggage LT10152 Example 9 14 Technical and consumer information 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label e ao t N A LTI0140 Cargo area ceiling tie down hooks SECURING THE LOAD There are tie down hooks located in both the ceiling and floor of the cargo area as shown The tie down
289. nt of the vehicle SC 5 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action T t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AWARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon amp Bluetooth XM Radio requires subscription sold separately after first 90 days Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www xmradio com 2010 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recordi
290. nt system 1 9 FLEXIBLE SEATING AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them prop erly if they have been removed for any reason e If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint syste
291. ntrol switch 4 36 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 46 Automatic transmission position indicator NGA seas oe a ee Ae ee Ae 2 17 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 13 Automatic door locks 3 4 AUX jaok sasaaa tiaa WAY a i 4 34 B BAON ised bags Hee nin nra 8 13 Charge warning light 2 14 Before starting the engine 5 11 Belt See drive belt 8 16 Block heater ENGNG 0 6 aas my dom eon en we ee ee 5 37 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 38 Boosterseats 2 02 00048 1 41 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 31 Brake fluid 0004 8 12 Brake light See stop light 8 29 Brake system 205 5 30 Brake warning light 2 14 Brake wear indicators 2 21 8 22 Parking brake operation 5 18 Self adjusting brakes 8 22 Brakes one dees 6 bo a GS 8 22 Break in schedule 5 20 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 28 Bulb check instrument panel 2 13 Bulb replacement 8 29 C Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants s a oaoa aaa 9 2 Car phone or CBradio 4 37 OGO TONE 2 resa ee be Bee ee e i a 2 48 Cargo net aoaaa a 2 41 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 12 CD care and cleaning 4 35 CD changer See audio
292. o be replaced The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pretensioner cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be in spected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle o If you need to dispose of a supplemen tal air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incor rect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 61 2 Instruments and controls Instrument PaNel od cave auekdeneceseeeertaseesiens 2 2 Meters and gauges ncn cde Sie wrer be eacebieencheee 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 0ece eens 2 4 Trip computer if So equipped 000e 2 5 TaChOMeClers lt 220225 0 sasghedeteesceneebeenedace 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 PUG Reie r EN conto eee sett a nea es 2 7 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 2 05 2 8 NOWMG El near otro eusenoieeee eeseeeeeeeeeeeee 2 8 Compass display if so equipped 0 0e eee 2 9 COMPASS CiISDIAY say lt 5 sss eend nda dee ne keenesnes 2 9 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 12 Checking bulbs srrricseriirirriercrrisi iesi ae 2 13 Warning NOMS s sccaecesdcucekupeseeuecew
293. o may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident LRS0583 Seat belt hook When the seat belt is not in use and when folding down the rear seats hook the rear seat belts on the seat belt hooks SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning uphol
294. o remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift selector to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition switch
295. oad wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 000 cee eee ee ees 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 5 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 1s ceed cece dude need sw ceeded es 9 6 SDECIICAUCNS poserer eiris eo evewsadanee eed ea pes 9 7 FENOME recrsicerrainias niise patane ARAARA 9 7 Wheels and tires aannnnnn nananana 9 8 Dimensions and weights suussaan aaa 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUR cccuriducticcu nes bennseaeeuoesecaas 9 9 Vehicle identification s 6 cesie ve cs tees ervtee viene cuns 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle identification number chassis NUMbBGl 2522 lt uctvcanedudonseng kta eeeey 9 9 Engine serial number 0 000 cence eee ee 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Tire and loading information label 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate 9 11 Vehicle loading information 22 05 9 12 TOUS EE EE E E E ecemestanteeserneuies 9 12 Vehicle load capacity cece eee eee eee 9 13 Securing the load caccccetaccisweddivesaceanees 9 15 Channel tie down
296. of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 To replace the filter perform the following proce dure 1 Open the glove box and press in on the 2 Remove the filter cover bolt and remove the sides so that it will open completely allowing filter cover it to hang by the cord 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE The filters are marked with air flow arrows The end of the filter with the arrow should face the rear of the vehicle The arrows should face downward 3 Insert the first filter into the housing and slide it over to the right Insert the second filter into the housing 4 Replace the filter cover 5 Install the glove box door WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper r
297. on Move the shift selector to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission Move the shift selector to N Neutral De press the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by placing the ignition switch in the START position Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure Starting and driving 5 11 f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by plac ing the ignition in the START positio
298. on but will not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation or by careless driving or dangerous driving practices Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to preform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Ifthe 4WD transfer case is shifted into 4LO the OFFI indicator light will come on and the VDC system will be turned off See Us ing Four Wheel Drive 4WD earlier in this section Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it can not prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates
299. on then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected OFF ROAD LAMPS SWITCH if so equipped The off road lights are designed to increase vis ibility when driving during off road conditions To turn on the off road lights The covers must be removed from the off road lights The headlights must be set to the high beam function Press the off road lamps switch To turn the off road lights off press the off road lamps switch again If the high beam function of the headlights is turned off at any time the off road lights will turn off as well If the high beam function is turned back on the off road lamps switch needs to be pressed again with the covers still removed in order to turn on the off road lights The covers should remain on the off road lights when the lights are not in use HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to
300. on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that test
301. on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts See Child re straints later in this section for more information The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section A
302. onditioner button Ss wn Oo oS 4 10 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems WHA1406 Type B CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control buttons The air flow control buttons allow you to select the air flow outlets MAX A C Air flows from center and side vents with maximum cooling air conditioning 7s Air flows from center and side vents ips Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets 7 Air flows mainly from foot outlets Fi Air flows from defroster out lets and foot outlets TY Air flows mainly from de froster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right eR Air recirculation button ON position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Press the CS button to the on position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner OFF position Indicator light off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Air conditioner button St
303. oot As the vehicle begins to move take your left foot off the brake Once the engine has started the clutch interlock switch CANCEL light shuts off Do not use the interlock switch to start the engine under normal driving conditions POWER OUTLET WIC1420 Front row The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones The power outlet located on the instrument panel and the power outlet located in the cargo area are powered directly by the vehicle s battery Open the cap to use a power outlet Instruments and controls 2 33 Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the oe FR cap Do not allow water to contact the LER outlet ILLIS RS LIR 089572037 a secescsceseroreite ISAO LISLE INOS a a ARS Ce eae EITI RA Ces TS SLI LIS Yr eel maseaentereeinet SSIS ASE LETS LICO761 LICO862 Center console Luggage area A CAUTION e Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle The outlet and plug may be hot during battery or immediately after use i Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN Be
304. operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain and rollover air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain and rollover air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance The ignition switch should al ways be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle 1 99 AWARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain and rollover air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Addition ally if any of the front air bags inflate the activated pretensioners must als
305. or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 MEMO 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems WONG 1 dace Geet eu nena ete ee eeu nade ceakeeneer 4 2 Heater and air conditioner manual Type A 4 2 CONIO errin eA I AER AANER RAES 4 3 Heater operation stesadectsave yeedeeateueea tose 4 4 Air conditioner operation 5 4 5 Air HOw CilenS tesce peace eevee coueen seer 4 6 Heater and air conditioner manual Type B 4 10 CONN O Si E E E 4 10 Heater operation coacse kot Sect vce seee ed veuee ss 4 11 Air conditioner operation 5 4 13 Air HOM CHGS shan centacmasveahweteeecee ene a4 4 14 Servicing air conditioner s sssaaa sasaran cence eee 4 17 Audio SYSIENN 24 wecoadueyencasaeesd sprin saaeee se 4 17 cle 0 ee ee ee ee 4 17 FM radio reception 2scccegieccctatedeckeade sends 4 17 AM radio reception cc sseveetancecceeledeetenss 4 18 Satellite radio reception if so equipped 4 18 Audio operation precautions 4 18 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type A and B if so equipped 65 4 25 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer if so equipped cece eens 4 30 CD care and cleaning 02 eeeeeee eee
306. or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occ
307. orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level 9 4 Technical and consumer information roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for con
308. ormally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed onascale including passengers cargo and hitch 4 900 Ib 2222 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 5 400 Ib 2449 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 9 658 Ib 4380 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Load Specification chart 5 000 Ib 2268 kg 5 400 Ib 2449 kg 4 900 Ib 2222 kg GVWR GVW 500 Ib 226 kg Available for tongue weight 9 658 lb 4380 kg GCWR 4 900 lb 2222 kg GVW 4 758 Ib 2158 kg Capacity available for towing 500 Ib 226 kg 4 758 Ib 1994 kg Available tongue weight Available capacity 10 tongue weight The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passen ger and cargo load in the vehicle
309. osition be certain they are completely secured If they are not com pletely secured in the latched position passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop If the seat cushions are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Z LO WWA ie Sit upright and weil back A WARNING A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this The seat belt should be properly ad vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may times Children should be properly re reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and if appro restraint system and increase th
310. pant seated a suitable dis tance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Sit upright and well back AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if yo
311. ped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light comes on briefly and then turns off The light comes on when the hill descent control system is activated If the hill descent control switch is on and the indicator light blinks the system is not engaged If the indicator light does not come on or blink when the hill descent switch is on the system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Hill descent con trol switch later in this section and Hill descent control system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light SOON MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The Malfunction Indicator Light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the ENGINE light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys
312. plays the icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets are active 2 Tune to the desired station using manual TUNE or SEEK tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pressed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play dd gt p gt TUNE rewind and fast forward buttons When the TUNE 44 or PP button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed id Gi SEEK buttons When gt I is pressed while the compact disc is playing
313. ply the parking brake and move the shift selector to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park automatic transmission Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provinc
314. posi tion for models with a steering lock mechanism This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift selector to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Place the ignition switch in the ON position to unlock the steering wheel for models with a steering lock mechanism 7 Now the vehicle may be moved to the de sired location If the shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the auto matic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift selector cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Overdrive switch Each time your vehicle is started the transmis sion is automatically reset to overdrive ON ON With the engi
315. position Check that the head restraints and headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid lev els Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservo
316. position en gaged For driving on rocky sandy or snow covered roads Neutral 2 AWD shift switch to 4LO or 4H with the brake pedal de pressed For manual transmission vehicles Depress and turn the 4WD switch to 4LO or 4H with the clutch pedal depressed 4 wheels For use when maximum THE TRANSFER CASE DOES NOT ENGAGE BETWEEN 4H AND power and traction is re ALO OR 4LO TO 4H UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST STOPPED THE fliuminated quired for example on VEHICLE DEPRESSED THE BRAKE PEDAL AND MOVED THE steep grades or rocky SHIFT SELECTOR TO NEUTRAL FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMIS sandy muddy roads SION VEHICLES FOR MANUAL TRANSMISSION VEHICLES YOU MUST MOVE THE SHIFT SELECTOR TO NEUTRAL 3 5 22 Starting and driving Neutral Neutral disengages the Stop the vehicle automatic transmission For automatic transmission vehicles Shift the shift selector to mechanical parking lock the N position with the brake pedal depressed which will allow the vehicle For manual transmission vehicles Shift the shift selector to the to roll Do not leave the N position with the clutch depressed May blink transfer shift position in For automatic transmission vehicles Depress and turn the 1 Before moving the shift selector from neutral wait until the 4LO indicator light stays on steady This indicates that the 4WD shift procedure is completed and the transfer gear is correctly set in the 4LO position If the vehicle is shifted into gear before the indicato
317. pplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobil
318. press the PHONE SEND l button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch or M up or down NOTE You must press the 4 button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone A Add phone Initiate from handset Name phone 1 Press the 4 button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone A The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed The system asks you to say a name for the phone
319. ption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads in the 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission vehicles stop the ve hicle and shift the shift selector to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission vehicles stop the vehicle and shift the shift selector to the N position with the clutch pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM if so equipped The E Lock system can provide additional trac tion and should only be used when a vehicle has become or is becoming stuck This system oper ates by electronically locking the two rear drive wheels together allowing them to turn at the same speed The system is used when it is not possible to free a stuck vehicle even when using the 4LO position 4 wheel drive vehicles When added traction is required activate the E Lock system by pushing the switch ON See Electronic locking rear differential E Lock sys tem switch in the Instruments and Controls section Once the system fully engage
320. r 2 17 bag status light aa light N bag warning light Illustrated table of contents 0 9 Brake warning light Name High beam indicator light Blue Hill descent control system on indicator light if so equipped Overdrive off indica tor light A T models only Security indicator light Transfer 4LO posi tion indicator light CSJ model Illustrated table of contents Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control OFF indica tor light 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DEA e E E cate weeweeaweeneaneentexeeenees 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Head restrai iS 20c2Senedenthiveduenscedwediads 1 4 Adjustable headrest if so equipped 1 7 Flexible seating ara a wegen beer cece beete kamen es 1 10 SCdl DES wa cies E Paeerag ape een bnew es 1 14 Precautions on seat belt usage 4 1 14 Pregnant women 610 dorc deck an ween d anew ndes keen we 1 17 Injured persons ac cagccnertenaieencueseedeesee se 1 17 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 17 Seat belt extenders 0 0c ee eee eee 1 24 Seat belt maintenance 2 00e eee 1 24 CMA SOlGW ein6605 4205546080064 n 1 25 e oc oe eo aa eats toed TTET dae hehe anes we 1 26 Small CO a gece a ey coh dene te nee eee eee ae 1 26 Larger children sheicacemeetersheceeencee serasa 1 26 Child restasse aester ten deturesvedeseuee URNAR
321. r about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the ve hicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition switch is placed in ACC or ON position the system will not arm If the key is turned slowly when locking the driver s door the system may not arm Furthermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is removed If the indicator light fails to glow for 30 seconds unlock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key or keyfob even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock
322. r example if the MENU button and the TUNE SEEK button are pressed while the time displayed is between 8 00 and 8 29 the display will be reset to 8 00 If the buttons were pressed while the time was between 8 30 and 8 59 the display will be reset to 9 00 At the same time the display will return to the audio FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change from AM gt FM reception The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception lt lt gt gt TUNE buttons Manual tuning Press the TUNE 44 or PP button for less than 0 5 seconds for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels press and hold either TUNE 44 or PP for more than 1 5 seconds id Gi SEEK buttons SEEK tuning button down Press the SEEK M or PI button to seek through the frequencies Seek tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequencies depending on which button is pressed and stops at the next broadcasting sta tion Once the highest broadcasting station is reached the radio continues in the seek mode at the lowest broadcasting station Station memory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM and AM radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of AM or FM stations 1 Press the PRESET A B C button to change between storage banks The radio dis
323. r is on steady the transfer gear may grind not engage correctly or stay in the neutral position If the 4WD warning light illuminates perform the following procedure to return the transfer case to correct operating condition 1 Turn off the engine by turning the ignition switch OFF 2 Start the engine Check that the 4WD warning light turns off If the 4WD warning light illuminates have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 3 Apply the parking brake for automatic transmission vehicles depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector to Neutral position For manual transmission vehicles move the shift selector to Neutral position 4 With the brake pedal depressed on automatic transmission vehicles or with the clutch pedal depressed on manual transmission vehicles move the 4WD shift switch to desired mode Be sure to wait until the transfer gear change completes before shifting the shift selector from Neutral position 2 While changing in and out of 4LO the ignition key must be ON and the vehicle s engine must be running for a shift to take place and for the indicator lights 4WD shift and 4LO position indicator to be operable Otherwise the shift will not take place and no indicator lights will be on or flashing 3 Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The OFF indicator light if so equipped will also turn on when 4LO is selected See Vehicle d
324. ransfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 47 The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry Record name O The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed Use the Recent Calls command to access out going incoming or missed calls Outgoing
325. reased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures and could damage drivetrain components Speeds over 62 MPH 100 km h in 4H is not recommended The 4LO position provides maximum power and traction Avoid raising ve hicle speed excessively as the maxi mum speed is approximately 31 MPH 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 2WD and 4H while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 or manual transmis sion 1st gear or 2nd gear for engine braking e Do not operate the 4WD shift switch between 2WD and 4H with the rear wheels spinning Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear NISSAN recommends driving in the 2WD position under these conditions e The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between 4H and 4LO at low am bient temperatures and the transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink even when the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a while you can change the 4WD transfer case between 4H and 4LO When driving on rough roads Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Drive carefully according to the road surface conditions When the vehicle is stuck Set the
326. recorders 9 31 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 F PSEA KIE 4 6 a Ga ana ee Re eee a 6 2 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 29 Piel here oe erg acs acd eo One a e a a One 4 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid 2 0006 8 12 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants lt s6s4 868 4 9 2 Clutch fluids a sosa e a He Sh Sy ek ew aoa 8 12 Engine COOMA af aokii ot oe a e a 8 7 ENGINE OW s a aea a a be Oe e a 8 8 Power steering fllid 8 11 Window washer fluid 8 13 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Fog light switch lt 0 0 amp 2 6 eed we wa 2 28 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 52 Front seals s 44 4 6 now KATA Ree oH 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 02 000 9 2 Fuel economy aaau aana aa 5 20 Fuel gauge i ae ae eS ae 2 7 Fuel octane rating aaoo 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 10 Fa a a e e e e a rA 8 22 Pusibie links 2 4 208825 dee eee ee oa 8 24 Engine coolant temperature gauge Engine oil pressure gauge Fuel gauge 4 24 8 6 6 a Oo a Oe Bad Odometer Speedometer Tachometer Trip computer amp lt a sc earned oea CAMS Trip odometer 6 be ee ee ee ee NOMMGIGIs s ss anera Go eee es General maintenance GIOVE DOK a a era 6 emo oe a ee eG Hands free phone syst
327. red to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system Component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready con dition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you AWARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine when the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points to C Al low the engine to idle until the gauge needle points between the C and H normal oper ating temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h
328. refully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying capacity especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the roof rack Heavy loading of the roof rack has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or abnor mal handling maneuvers e Roof rack distributed Do not exceed maximum roof rack load weight capacity load should be evenly e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury A CAUTION Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack If you cannot comfort ably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground use a ladder or stool Always evenly distribute the cargo on the roof rack The maximum total load including the gear basket is 150 Ib 68 kg evenly distrib uted The maximum total load for the gear basket is 30 Ib 13 kg evenly distributed Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Ratings GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S label located on the driver s side door jamb pillar For more information regarding GVWR and GAWR refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and consumer in formation section later in this manual The crossbars if so equipped can be adjusted or removed Use
329. rer s instructions Attach the tow strap to the towing hook if so equipped Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control Sys tem 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive automatic transmission models or 1st low and R Reverse manual transmission models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or 1st and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior sas caronaadhenwaen a ane ee eewe eeknas 722 Air fresheners ane couch esdeas eer erred caddeweeact 7 4 NV ASMING on ctuwees eeeoeaetsus chia eeen eee een E 7 2 POON NaS E oe E E E E E ean 7 4 WANG eeii piae anena e oaa DA os 7 2 Deal EET ET 7 5 REMOVING SPOlS 024 usna aa ia Ea e aE nas 7 3 Gorrosion PrOlECHON sacwicesdssqsancdanctwwsesuesse 7 5 WNGOIDOOY 22056 ntaadwdeicde set niiin dieninis 7 3 Most common factors con
330. restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the WRS0438 center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly WRS0700 LATCH system lower anchor locations LATCH lower anchor location LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors obstructions over the anchors such Inspect the lower anchors by insert Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint
331. rk on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on tt You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlig
332. rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and remove the key Starting and driving 5 29 POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate 5 30 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at 2 wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal How
333. ry in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls The light oper ates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front pa
334. s the indi cator light in the instrument panel will remain ON When the system is activated both rear wheels will engage providing added traction The rear wheels may momentarily slip or move to engage the system and the system will only engage up to approximately 4 MPH 7 km h Once the vehicle is free the system should be turned OFF and driving resumed The Anti Lock Brake ABS system is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Also the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is disabled and the VDC light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Starting and driving 5 27 AWARNING Never leave the E Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard surfaced roads Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury After us ing the E Lock system to free the ve hicle turn the system OFF Use the E Lock system only when free ing a stuck vehicle Try the 4LO position before using the E Lock system Never use the E Lock system on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice sur face Using the E Lock system when driving in these road conditions may cause unexpected movement of the ve hicle during engine braking accelerat ing or turning which may result in an accident and serious personal injury 5 28 Starting and driving A CAUTION e After using the E Lock system turn the switch OFF to prevent possible damage to driveline compo
335. s equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 4 38 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice are
336. s must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its
337. s the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake Starting and driving 5 31 pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer 5 32 Starting and driving ACTIVE BRAKE LIMITED SLIP ABLS SYSTEM e ABLS is a form of traction control using sensors from the Anti lock Brake System ABS to transfer power from a slipping drive wheel to a wheel with more traction The ABLS system applies braking to the slipping wheel which helps redirect power to an other wheel On4WD models the ABLS system operates in both 4H and 4LO modes If 4WD mode is engaged the ABLS system will operate for both drive axles On 2WD vehicles the ABLS system operates on the drive axle only The ABLS system is always ON unless the system detects brake pad overheating If high brake pad temperature is detected it will turn OFF but normal brake function will continue ABLS will function even when the VDC system is turned OFF AWARNING The ABLS system provides increased trac ti
338. s used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home 9 28 Technical and consumer information A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic Transmission if so equipped To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Manual Transmission if so equipped Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral On four wheel drive vehicles place the transfer case in the 2H range Failure to do so will cause the powertrain to bind up After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tire
339. s will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA CD Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 19 Compact Disc with MP3 or WMA if Sampling frequency Sampling frequency SO equipped is the rate at which the samples of a signal naka are converted from analog to digital A D Terms conversion per second MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Multisession Multisession is one of the Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA isa compressed audio format created by Mi crosoft as an alternative to MP3 The W
340. say ed 2 13 Midicator MoNS soises sseni ence bceeaiereseanetess 2 17 Audible reminders 22002002 eee eee 2 21 Security SYSICMS lt scus cad nttwedeape ens dead sana gene 2 21 Vehicle security system a 00 cece eee eee 2 21 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 23 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 24 Owitch Operation csceres bnteued Seaneyuee ea nen 2 24 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 25 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster SWIC cece scascivcuseses cker tanenin iai 2 25 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 26 Headlight control switch 00 ee eee 2 26 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 27 Instrument brightness control 005 2 28 Tam signal SWOR aoe reiner eas eeswescmes enn 2 28 Fog light switch if so equipped 5 2 28 Off road lamps switch if so equipped 2 29 Hazard warning flasher switch 0005 2 29 PICWN asc ouceoses een sates evees sen E T cae eeus 2 30 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 2 30 Hill descent control switch if so equipped 2 31 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so EQUIPPEd 6 cece cece eee eens 2 32 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if SO equipped 6 cece eect ees 2 33 POWER OU C OEE N E E E E pares 2 33 Ea e EEE E A E eee ee ce ee 2 35 Storage May S ere
341. se gear Never back down in N Neutral or with the clutch depressed manual transmission vehicles using only the brake as this could cause loss of control Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an acci dent Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your speed Use the hill descent control feature if so equipped Starting and driving 5 7 Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain Prop erly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity ex cessively do not exceed the rated capac ity of the roof rack gear bin if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move sud denly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NI
342. se car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax
343. se only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 39 IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System amp Bluetooth If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the fa button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to
344. se se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do So AND AWD warning light es73 model The 4WD warning light comes on when the igni tion switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See 4WD warning light in the Starting and driving section A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks during operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads in the 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission models stop the ve hicle and shift the shift selector to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission models stop the vehicle and shift the shift selector to the N posi tion with the clutch pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible cy Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel
345. seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint or headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints or Adjust able headrest in this section for head re straint or headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRSO667 Forward facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child
346. ses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 18 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e
347. side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is im pacted They may not inflate in certain side colli sions Curtain and rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the curtain and rollover air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain and rollover supplemental air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system or curtain and rollover air bag may caus
348. spring up slightly 2 Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 Insert the support rod into the slot on the underside of the hood When closing the hood return the hood rod to its original position Lower the hood approximately 12 inch 30 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood LIFT GATE AWARNING Always be sure the lift gate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving Do not drive with the lift gate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle be fore closing the lift gate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 FUEL FILLER DOOR i on LPD0460 The power door lock system allows you to lockor OPENING THE FUEL FILLER LID unlock all doors including the lift gate simulta neously Pull the lid to open To open the lift gate pull up on the handle To close lower and push the lift gate down se curely 3
349. ssenger seat cushion and Is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag Sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Occupant classification sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension de tected on the seat belt the Advanced Air Bag System determines whether the front passenger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations 1 53 Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat
350. stem RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band Cur rently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock Artist and song information If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing To insert the disc first press the LOAD button If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the PWR VOL control knob will start the compact disc Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs in the CD changer LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer press the load button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pressing the CD insert select button 1 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer press the load button for more than 1 5 seconds The slot numbers
351. stery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to h
352. system 4 30 4 33 CD player See audio system 4 27 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 31 Child restraints 1 25 1 26 1 27 1 29 Precautions on child restraints 1 27 1 33 1 38 1 41 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 31 Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Chimes audible reminders 2 21 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 WIGGK cash eras ohid bu eee eee a 4 26 Clutch Clutch fuid og aoa e ke ee we Ee a ee Clutch interlock clutch start switch C M V S S certification label 9 10 Cold weather driving 5 35 Compact disc CD player 4 27 Console box 2 0000 ee es 2 36 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 36 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 2 4 10 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 0 0008 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Corrosion protection 0005 7 5 Gruise Gontol c so 8 o 2 oe oo a eee 5 18 Cup holders 00 000 eee 2 38 Curtain side impact and rollover airbag 1 56 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 27 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster CVC 2a tat bh ee eee 6 eG ee a 2 25 Dimensions and weights 9 8 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 28 Door locks sass
353. t receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 510 kg Class Ill hitch Class Ill trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 Ib 2 272 kg A CAUTION Special hitches which include frame re inforcements are required for towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable genu ine NISSAN hitches ball mounts and hitch balls for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles are available at a NISSAN dealer The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not use axle mounted hitches Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the receiver when not in use After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety c
354. t cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT LICO474 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service Instruments and controls 2 23 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed C Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion 2 24 Instruments and controls P
355. t fasteners WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled OS ON Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger s side window switch Right rear passenger s window switch Left rear passenger s window switch Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Instruments and controls 2 45 Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open th
356. t have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to
357. t oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two zero zero e Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special Dialing com mand and the Send command during a call See List of voice commands and Special Dialing in this section for more information Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say plus for available only when using the Special Dialing commana Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phone book number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 41 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel C4 PHONE SEND Press the f button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the 4 button to interrupt the syste
358. tch is turned off the VDC system will be enabled and the VDC light will turn off AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs Instruments and controls 2 21 The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if
359. tection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 2 e0 ee 8 2 General maintenance 2 0c ee ee eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS s s s seess aaran nerra 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 0 0e eee eee eee eee 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 7 Changing engine coolant 2 2 002 00 8 8 BNGING Cllscceceecere eesceuseauen TE ET ETT 8 8 Checking engine oil level 00 005 8 8 Changing engine oll 000 e eee eee eee 8 9 Changing engine oil filter 000 005 8 10 5 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 11 Power steering TWds s 0enesee aceueeweeerereean es 8 11 Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid 8 12 Blake vcanecuxshiatnnsetedeeeeneueee ee xs 8 12 Clutch fluid if so equipped 00a ee 8 12 Windshield washer fluid 22 0 00 8 13 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 13 Do orasini rues cence otencsoconeueeeeneeeneueuen 8 13 Jomp Starling aoe wetant eens cous repen nE es ose 8 15 Variable voltage control system 05 8 15 DING Dell cshecetencsuce eee pe cusesecesenele ese a 8 16 Spark DIUOS om chi teriba EROARE EEEE eae ee es 8 16
360. ted for more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan con trol dial is turned to OFF the air conditioner is turned OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if a position other than these positions is selected This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows closed while the air con ditioner is in operation Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 13 e After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW
361. tem announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the SRE button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system lf you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the 4 button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial NOTE The combined command of Call and a Name cannot be used How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eigh
362. tem inspection maintenance test See Readi ness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction Indicator Light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The SK light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction Indicator Light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage
363. that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the auto matic transmission into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance In case of emergency 6 3 Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 4 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury 6 4 Incase of emergency Getting the spare tire and tools 1 Fold the rear bench seat cushion forward Refer to Folding the 2nd row bench seat in the Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section earlier in this manual 2 Remove the jack and jacking tools 3 Find the oval shaped opening above the middle of the bumper Pass the T shaped end of the jack rod through the opening and direct it toward the spare tire winch located directly above the spare tire A CAUTION Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is designed to be inserted at an angle as shown uN Sooo
364. the SLIP indi cator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the Instru ments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and OFF indicator lights come on in the instru ment panel The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are on The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The real indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The SLIP indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the SLIP indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed
365. the Torxdriver provided in the tool kit located under the 2nd row seats to loosen both crossbar adjusting screws To adjust 1 Loosen the adjusting screws with the Torxdriver 1 by turning counterclockwise 2 When the clamp is loosened move the crossbar so the cargo can be positioned on the crossbar 3 Tighten the crossbar adjusting screws with the Torxdriver by turning clockwise 4 Secure the cargo with rope 5 Always check the tightness of the crossbar adjusting screws To remove 1 Loosen the adjusting screws with the Torxdriver by turning counterclockwise Rotate the clamps Remove the crossbar Reverse to install O A W N Always check the tightness of the crossbar adjusting screws Instruments and controls 2 43 To open the gear basket lid Turn the handle counterclockwise 2 Raise the lid Instruments and controls LICO869 LICO870 Gear basket if so equipped Gear basket if so equipped NOTE To remove the gear basket assembly Cargo in the gear basket must fit with the 1 Open the lid lid closed The maximum total load for the re 2 Loosen the 4 Torx head fasteners with a gear basket is 30 Ib 13 kg evenly distrib uted Dornot force the lid closed Torxdriver by turning counterclockwise A 3 Lift the gear basket to remove it a WARNING 4 Reverse to reinstall seen Shout De closed ancilecked when 5 Always check the tightness of the gear bas ke
366. the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel
367. the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected
368. the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the l button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the a on the steering wheel button NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the SBE button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone When you press and release the amp 4 button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous co
369. the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional pro
370. tire quality grading 9 29 Wheels andtires 8 32 Wheel tire size 2 00008 9 8 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1231 Towing 2 wheel drive models 6 12 4 wheel drive models n naaa aaa 6 13 Flat towing scs eoar on me oe a 9 28 TOW truck towing 2 os eae be ewe wh 6 11 Towing load specification 9 22 Trailer TOWING si s oe eee oe a we 9 19 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Driving with manual transmission 5 16 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUN epa eae don eek da oe ee oF 9 9 TIP computer e s eee abu en eu eas 2 5 10 6 TNP DGOMEIE lt aeoea a bee So Be a bree 2 4 Turn signalswitch 4 2 28 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 29 V Vanity MINO s aa i e eoe ee a 3 13 Variable voltage control system 8 16 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 8 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 30 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 32 Vehicle identification 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 0 0000 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehicle recovery a aooaa aaa 6 13 6 14 Vehicle security system a aaao aa 2 21 Vehicle security system
371. title of the MP3 WMA file Folder title mode displays the folder name given to the MP3 folder Display satellite radio display mode if so equipped To change the text displayed when listening to satellite radio if so equipped press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the broadcast information as follows Name gt Title Current display mode To change the default display mode press the AUDIO button to display mode and press the TUNE button to select the following display modes Channel number gt Channel name Name gt Title Once the display mode is selected press the AUDIO button again to store the setting If the AUDIO button is not pressed after 8 seconds the display will refresh with the last selected display mode setting Channel number mode displays the channel number of the selected satellite radio station Channel name mode displays the channel name of the selected satellite radio station Name mode displays the name of the artist host or weather condition of the selected satellite radio station Title mode displays the song title show name or temperature of the selected satel lite radio station Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 31 FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select Pushing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM lt FM or SAT satellite if so equipped When the RADIO button is pushed while the ignit
372. to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing ina variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to per form satisfactorily under o
373. tributing to vehicle c s22 ate oeer E SETENTA TTET TETT 7 3 CONOs OW ccs actuedtavene se ceced E mais 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels 00000ceeeeeeeeee 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome PAS s02siuactineneeaksesaecierworseees 7 3 COMOSION sesine RRUAR ESA 7 5 Tire dreSSiNgS u ossrriarcicrisi rirnori trni nis 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 Cleaning INGTON sires eecieeeaneres dxedaaedse dongs 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you Can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION Do not u
374. trol dial to the desired position and push in the A C button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Press the 7 amp gt button to the OFF position 2 Press the rs air flow control button 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the A C button The indicator light onthe A C button will come on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high push the lt gt button to the ON position The indicator light on the gt button will come on Be sure to return the SE to the OFF position for nor mal cooling The indicator light on the CS button will go off You may also select MAX A C for quick cooling Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Press the 7 air flow control button 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Press the A C comes on button The indicator light When the Y or positions are se lected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C If one of these air flow control buttons is selec
375. trol dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vent 1 Push the C button to the OFF position The indicator light on the V amp button will go off 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the rs position 4 4 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the Cy position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to 4 and the temperature control lever to the full HOT position When the Y position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C If the system is in defrost mode for more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the G7 position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog
376. ts Two wheel drive models and four wheel drive models 2H and 4H position GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 11 18 2nd to 3rd 17 27 3rd to 4th 25 40 4th to 5th 32 51 5th to 6th 45 72 4 wheel drive model 4L position GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 2nd to 3rd 3rd to 4th 4th to 5th 5th to 6th Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Allowable maximum speed in each gear 2 wheel drive models GEAR 1st 2nd 3rd Ath 5th 6th 4 wheel drive models 2H 4H position GEAR 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 4L position GEAR st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th MPH km h 35 56 60 97 87 141 MPH km h 34 55 60 97 87 140 MPH km h 13 21 22 36 33 53 45 72 57 93 Starting and driving 5 17 PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the v
377. ts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation Technical and consumer information 9 31 To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment Is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law 9 32 Technical and consumer information OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and
378. u are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some Sit upright and well back conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ARS1041 AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are
379. uggage board could come loose and cause personal injury bee tse vor DOSO QX a CA TTA f LUGGAGE HOOKS The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps A WARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo Never allow anyone to ride in the lug gage area It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly Instruments and controls 2 39 eb aly NS Side finisher Floor hooks Do not apply a load of more than 110 Ib 490 N Do not apply a load of more than 110 Ib 490 N to a single hook to a single hook 2 40 Instruments and controls a a ce lt e TA AC wedneseacaerereres o 2 gt oe RSE D RE
380. und with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 9 30 Technical and consumer information dia il SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could Cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN lf NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re qui
381. upant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light AF located in the meters and gauges area of the the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself e No unauthorized c
382. ured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged LRS0588 2nd row bench seat Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located in the following loca tions 2nd row bench on the floor behind the out board seating positions as shown 2nd row bench center seatback as shown If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 1 31 WRS0801 WRS0802 LRS0673 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Rear facing step 3 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach 3 For child restraints that are equipped with ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check webbing mounted attachments remove any to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop additional slack from the anchor attach erly attached to the lower anchors ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatb
383. ush the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward 3 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In fre
384. using the controls on the steering wheel on gt POWER on off switch If you have the Type A switch with the ignition switch placed in the ACC or ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off If you have the Type B switch with the ignition switch placed in the ACC or ON position push the MODE switch to turn the audio system on MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the modes PRESET A PRESET B PRESET C CD AUX PRESET A This mode is only available when a CD is loaded This mode is only available when a compatible auxiliary device is plugged into the AUX jack Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to increase or decrease the volume 4 36 Heater air conditioner audio and phone systems mw A Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch or 4N forless than 1 5 seconds to change to the next or previ ous preset Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch W or N for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previ ous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switch or 4AN for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks Change disc CD if so equipped Push the SEEK tuning switch W or AN for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down ANT
385. vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Use only the 2WD range when driving on clear paved roads WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section in this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench
386. vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 20 Starting and driving BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary e
387. weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many vehicles can t carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle A weight distributing hitch system Class IV is recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5 000 Ibs Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to determine if they recommend the use of a weight distributing hitch system NOTE A weight distributing hitch system may af fect the operation of trailer surge brakes If you are considering use of a weight distributing hitch system with a surge brake equipped trailer check with the surge brake hitch or trailer manufacturer to determine if and how this can be done Follow the instructions provided by the manufac turer for installing and using the weight distributing hitch system General set up instructions are as follows 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the
388. weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this sec tion The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1587 kg or
389. when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the opera tion of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Attaching the rear center seat belt in this section ee WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle
390. y To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi tion turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning the key to unlock the key cylinder 5 10 Starting and driving MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position On manual transmission models to turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position from the ACC or ON position place the ignition switch in the OFF position push the key in then place the ignition switch in LOCK position KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Not used 1 ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by
391. y damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be ca pable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue
392. y Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added fre quently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID LDIO441 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the win dow washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for windshield washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the windshield washer reser voir tank with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled
393. ynamic control VDC system later in this section Starting and driving 5 23 The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to select either 2WD or 4WD depending on the driving conditions There are three types of drive modes available 2WD 4H and 4LO The 4WD shift switch electronically controls the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode 2WD 4H and 4LO To change into or out of 4LO the vehicle MUST be stationary shift the shift selector to Neutral N and for automatic transmis sion vehicles depress the brake pedal or for manual transmission vehicles depress the clutch pedal The switch must be de pressed and turned when changing into or out of 4LO AWARNING e When parking apply the parking brake before stopping the engine and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is on and the ATP warning light goes off Otherwise the vehicle could unexpect edly move even if the automatic trans mission is in the P position 5 24 Starting and driving The 4LO indicator light must stop blink ing and remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into gear If the shift selector is shifted from the N position to any other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blinking the vehicle may move unexpectedly A CAUTION Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4L and 4H while driving The 4H position provides greater trac tion Avoid excessive speed as it will cause inc
394. ystem All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety Child Restraint and Booster Seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions LRS0454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint is removed store it ina secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints in this sec tion for head restraint adjustment removal and installation information

Nissan 2010 Xterra Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents